summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2012-04-23 23:35:34 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2012-04-23 23:35:34 +0000
commit06f92e7988867477e0e8ba1b2dea3752d90f7fbe (patch)
tree6cc2f8ec5dbfc078c9c5f37bfb15814c704b1793 /Master/texmf-dist
parent84c410717bd484db4ccea240224d83fbb42b464a (diff)
l3kernel 3570 (23apr12)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@26111 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdfbin645306 -> 645099 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdfbin1103736 -> 1113047 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdfbin267007 -> 266566 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdfbin200418 -> 200429 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdfbin2781705 -> 2809490 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx850
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx40
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx238
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx549
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx34
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx393
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tree.dtx595
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty109
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty117
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.sty237
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3names.sty4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty140
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty4
43 files changed, 1724 insertions, 2068 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
index c43c9431b77..f920314540e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
index e402f3670df..8bf1353ee68 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
index d631f182eb7..103dc794e7f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
index 4f63ed8fc70..a1ef1a42851 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
\iffalse meta-comment
-File l3styleguide.tex Copyright (C) 2011,202 The LaTeX3 Project
+File l3styleguide.tex Copyright (C) 2011,2012 The LaTeX3 Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ look like the example:
\section{Code conventions}
All code-level functions should be \enquote{long} if they accept any
-arguments, even if it seems \enquote{very unlikely} that a \cs{par} token.
+arguments, even if it seems \enquote{very unlikely} that a \cs{par} token
will be passed. Thus \cs{cs_new_nopar:Npn} and so forth should only be used
to create functions which accept no arguments at all.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ which has an \texttt{N}-type first argument:
\begin{verbatim}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:Nn { NV , No }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:Nn { c , cV , co }
-\end{verbatim*}
+\end{verbatim}
There are cases where omitting braces from \texttt{o}-type arguments
is desirable for performance reasons. This should only be done if the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
index 144bbd62727..0839e03a0f5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf
index a48af7e1f7e..a62d8489d51 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
index 5dbfdd60bce..b9a053a8a27 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
%<package> }
\def\ExplFileName{expl3}
\def\ExplFileDescription{L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper}
-\def\ExplFileDate{2012/02/26}
-\def\ExplFileVersion{3471}
+\def\ExplFileDate{2012/04/23}
+\def\ExplFileVersion{3570}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
@@ -878,7 +878,6 @@
% \item Johannes Braams
% \item David Carlisle
% \item Robin Fairbairns
-% \item Morten H{\o}gholm
% \item Bruno Le Floch
% \item Thomas Lotze
% \item Frank Mittelbach
@@ -892,6 +891,7 @@
% \item Michael Downes
% \item Denys Duchier
% \item Alan Jeffrey
+% \item Morten H{\o}gholm
% \item Martin Schr{\"o}der
% \end{itemize}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
index bd3b608daf7..f6be95ab725 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 3491 2012-03-04 06:13:18Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental basic definitions}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -1291,17 +1291,12 @@
% in terms of csname usage, an alternative scheme would be to just use
% the \cs{tex\ldots:D} name in the cases where no good alternative exists.}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if_true:}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_false:}
-% \begin{macro}{\or:}
-% \begin{macro}{\else:}
-% \begin{macro}{\fi:}
-% \begin{macro}{\reverse_if:N}
-% \begin{macro}{\if:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_charcode:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_catcode:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_meaning:w}
-% Then some conditionals.
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]
+% {
+% \if_true:, \if_false:, \or:, \else:, \fi:, \reverse_if:N,
+% \if:w, \if_charcode:w, \if_catcode:w, \if_meaning:w
+% }
+% Then some conditionals.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \if_true: \tex_iftrue:D
\tex_let:D \if_false: \tex_iffalse:D
@@ -1315,20 +1310,14 @@
\tex_let:D \if_meaning:w \tex_ifx:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if_mode_math:}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_mode_horizontal:}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_mode_vertical:}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_mode_inner:}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]
+% {
+% \if_mode_math:,
+% \if_mode_horizontal:,
+% \if_mode_vertical:,
+% \if_mode_inner:
+% }
% \TeX{} lets us detect some if its modes.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \if_mode_math: \tex_ifmmode:D
@@ -1337,22 +1326,18 @@
\tex_let:D \if_mode_inner: \tex_ifinner:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if_cs_exist:N}
-% \begin{macro}{\if_cs_exist:w}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\if_cs_exist:N, \if_cs_exist:w, \cs:w, \cs_end:}
+% Building csnames and testing if control sequences exist.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \if_cs_exist:N \etex_ifdefined:D
\tex_let:D \if_cs_exist:w \etex_ifcsname:D
+\tex_let:D \cs:w \tex_csname:D
+\tex_let:D \cs_end: \tex_endcsname:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\exp_after:wN}
-% \begin{macro}{\exp_not:N}
-% \begin{macro}{\exp_not:n}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\exp_after:wN, \exp_not:N, \exp_not:n}
% The three |\exp_| functions are used in the \textsf{l3expan} module
% where they are described.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1361,33 +1346,20 @@
\tex_let:D \exp_not:n \etex_unexpanded:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\token_to_meaning:N}
-% \begin{macro}{\token_to_str:N}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_end:}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_meaning:N}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\token_to_meaning:N, \token_to_str:N, \cs_meaning:N}
% \begin{macro}{\cs_show:N}
+% Examining a control sequence or token.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \token_to_meaning:N \tex_meaning:D
\tex_let:D \token_to_str:N \tex_string:D
-\tex_let:D \cs:w \tex_csname:D
-\tex_let:D \cs_end: \tex_endcsname:D
\tex_let:D \cs_meaning:N \tex_meaning:D
\tex_let:D \cs_show:N \tex_show:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\scan_stop:}
-% \begin{macro}{\group_begin:}
-% \begin{macro}{\group_end:}
+% \begin{macro}{\scan_stop:, \group_begin:, \group_end:}
% The next three are basic functions for which there also exist
% versions that are safe inside alignments. These safe versions are
% defined in the \textsf{l3prg} module.
@@ -1397,54 +1369,49 @@
\tex_let:D \group_end: \tex_endgroup:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if_int_compare:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\int_to_roman:w}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\if_int_compare:w, \int_to_roman:w}
+% For integers.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \if_int_compare:w \tex_ifnum:D
\tex_let:D \int_to_roman:w \tex_romannumeral:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\group_insert_after:N}
+% Adding material after the end of a group.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \group_insert_after:N \tex_aftergroup:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\tex_global:D}
-% \begin{macro}{\tex_long:D}
-% \begin{macro}{\tex_protected:D}
+% \begin{macro}{\tex_global:D, \tex_long:D, \etex_protected:D}
+% Three prefixes for assignments.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \tex_global:D \tex_global:D
\tex_let:D \tex_long:D \tex_long:D
\tex_let:D \tex_protected:D \etex_protected:D
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\exp_args:Nc}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\exp_args:Nc}
% Discussed in \pkg{l3expan}, but needed much earlier.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_long:D \tex_def:D \exp_args:Nc #1#2 { \exp_after:wN #1 \cs:w #2 \cs_end: }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\token_to_str:c}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_meaning:c}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\token_to_str:c, \cs_meaning:c}
% \begin{macro}{\cs_show:c}
-% A small number of variants by hand. Some of the necessary functions
-% (\cs{use_i:nn}, \cs{use_ii:nn}, and \cs{exp_args:NNc}) are not defined
-% at that point yet, but will be defined before those variants are used.
-% The \cs{cs_meaning:c} command must check for an undefined control
-% sequence to avoid defining it mistakenly.
-% The \cs{cs_show:c} command is \enquote{protected} because its action
-% is not expandable. Also, the conversion of its argument to a control
-% sequence is done within a group to avoid converting it to \tn{relax}.
+% A small number of variants by hand. Some of the necessary functions
+% (\cs{use_i:nn}, \cs{use_ii:nn}, and \cs{exp_args:NNc}) are not
+% defined at that point yet, but will be defined before those variants
+% are used. The \cs{cs_meaning:c} command must check for an undefined
+% control sequence to avoid defining it mistakenly. The
+% \cs{cs_show:c} command is \enquote{protected} because its action is
+% not expandable. Also, the conversion of its argument to a control
+% sequence is done within a group to avoid converting it to
+% \tn{relax}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_def:D \token_to_str:c { \exp_args:Nc \token_to_str:N }
\tex_long:D \tex_def:D \cs_meaning:c #1
@@ -1462,12 +1429,11 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Defining some constants}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_minus_one, \c_zero, \c_sixteen}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_six, \c_seven, \c_twelve}
+% \begin{variable}{\c_minus_one, \c_zero, \c_sixteen}
+% \begin{variable}{\c_six, \c_seven, \c_twelve}
% We need the constants |\c_minus_one| and |\c_sixteen| now for
% writing information to the log and the terminal and |\c_zero|
% which is used by some functions in the \textsf{l3alloc} module. The
@@ -1493,8 +1459,8 @@
\tex_chardef:D \c_seven = 7~
\tex_chardef:D \c_twelve = 12~
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{variable}{\c_max_register_int}
% This is here as this particular integer is needed both in package
@@ -1513,14 +1479,13 @@
% We start by providing functions for the typical definition
% functions. First the local ones.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:Npx}
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set_nopar:Npn , \cs_set_nopar:Npx ,
+% \cs_set:Npn , \cs_set:Npx ,
+% \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn , \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx ,
+% \cs_set_protected:Npn , \cs_set_protected:Npx
+% }
% All assignment functions in \LaTeX3 should be naturally robust;
% after all, the \TeX{} primitives for assignments are and it can be
% a cause of problems if others aren't.
@@ -1541,22 +1506,14 @@
{ \tex_protected:D \tex_long:D \cs_set_nopar:Npx }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:Npx}
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_gset_nopar:Npn , \cs_gset_nopar:Npx ,
+% \cs_gset:Npn , \cs_gset:Npx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected_nopar:Npn , \cs_gset_protected_nopar:Npx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected:Npn , \cs_gset_protected:Npx
+% }
% Global versions of the above functions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_let:D \cs_gset_nopar:Npn \tex_gdef:D
@@ -1575,17 +1532,10 @@
{ \tex_protected:D \tex_long:D \cs_gset_nopar:Npx }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Selecting tokens}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use:c}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\use:c}
% This macro grabs its argument and returns a csname from it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \use:c #1 { \cs:w #1 \cs_end: }
@@ -1604,10 +1554,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use:n}
-% \begin{macro}{\use:nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use:nnnn}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\use:n, \use:nn, \use:nnn, \use:nnnn}
% These macro grabs its arguments and returns it back to the input
% (with outer braces removed).
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1617,30 +1564,21 @@
\cs_set:Npn \use:nnnn #1#2#3#4 {#1#2#3#4}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i:nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_ii:nn}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\use_i:nn, \use_ii:nn}
% The equivalent to \LaTeXe{}'s \tn{@firstoftwo} and \tn{@secondoftwo}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \use_i:nn #1#2 {#1}
\cs_set:Npn \use_ii:nn #1#2 {#2}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_ii:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_iii:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_ii:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i:nnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_ii:nnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_iii:nnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_iv:nnnn}
-% We also need something for picking up arguments from a longer
-% list.
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]
+% {
+% \use_i:nnn , \use_ii:nnn , \use_iii:nnn , \use_i_ii:nnn ,
+% \use_i:nnnn, \use_ii:nnnn, \use_iii:nnnn, \use_iv:nnnn
+% }
+% We also need something for picking up arguments from a longer list.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \use_i:nnn #1#2#3 {#1}
\cs_set:Npn \use_ii:nnn #1#2#3 {#2}
@@ -1652,61 +1590,59 @@
\cs_set:Npn \use_iv:nnnn #1#2#3#4 {#4}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none_delimit_by_q_nil:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none_delimit_by_q_stop:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:w}
-% Functions that gobble everything until they see either \cs{q_nil} or
-% \cs{q_stop}, respectively.
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]
+% {
+% \use_none_delimit_by_q_nil:w ,
+% \use_none_delimit_by_q_stop:w ,
+% \use_none_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:w
+% }
+% Functions that gobble everything until they see either \cs{q_nil},
+% \cs{q_stop}, or \cs{q_recursion_stop}, respectively.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \use_none_delimit_by_q_nil:w #1 \q_nil { }
\cs_set:Npn \use_none_delimit_by_q_stop:w #1 \q_stop { }
\cs_set:Npn \use_none_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:w #1 \q_recursion_stop { }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_delimit_by_q_nil:nw}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_delimit_by_q_stop:nw}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:nw}
-% Same as above but execute first argument after gobbling. Very
-% useful when you need to skip the rest of a mapping sequence but
-% want an easy way to control what should be expanded next.
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \use_i_delimit_by_q_nil:nw ,
+% \use_i_delimit_by_q_stop:nw ,
+% \use_i_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:nw
+% }
+% Same as above but execute first argument after gobbling. Very useful
+% when you need to skip the rest of a mapping sequence but want an
+% easy way to control what should be expanded next.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \use_i_delimit_by_q_nil:nw #1#2 \q_nil {#1}
\cs_set:Npn \use_i_delimit_by_q_stop:nw #1#2 \q_stop {#1}
\cs_set:Npn \use_i_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:nw #1#2 \q_recursion_stop {#1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Gobbling tokens from input}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:n}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnnnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnnnnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnnnnnnn}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_none:nnnnnnnnn}
-% To gobble tokens from the input we use a standard naming
-% convention: the number of tokens gobbled is given by the number of
-% |n|'s following the |:| in the name. Although defining
-% |\use_none:nnn| and above as separate calls of |\use_none:n| and
-% |\use_none:nn| is slightly faster, this is very non-intuitive to
-% the programmer who will assume that expanding such a function once
-% will take care of gobbling all the tokens in one go.
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]
+% {
+% \use_none:n,
+% \use_none:nn,
+% \use_none:nnn,
+% \use_none:nnnn,
+% \use_none:nnnnn,
+% \use_none:nnnnnn,
+% \use_none:nnnnnnn,
+% \use_none:nnnnnnnn,
+% \use_none:nnnnnnnnn
+% }
+% To gobble tokens from the input we use a standard naming convention:
+% the number of tokens gobbled is given by the number of |n|'s
+% following the |:| in the name. Although we could define functions to
+% remove ten arguments or more using separate calls of
+% \cs{use_none:nnnnn}, this is very non-intuitive to the programmer
+% who will assume that expanding such a function once will take care
+% of gobbling all the tokens in one go.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \use_none:n #1 { }
\cs_set:Npn \use_none:nn #1#2 { }
@@ -1719,14 +1655,6 @@
\cs_set:Npn \use_none:nnnnnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9 { }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Conditional processing and definitions}
%
@@ -1747,8 +1675,7 @@
% he/she knows the $2^{n}-1$ table. We therefore provide the simpler
% interface.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\prg_return_true:}
-% \begin{macro}{\prg_return_false:}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prg_return_true:, \prg_return_false:}
% The idea here is that \cs{int_to_roman:w} will expand fully any
% \cs{else:} and the \cs{fi:} that are waiting to be discarded,
% before reaching the \cs{c_zero} which will leave the expansion null.
@@ -1766,7 +1693,6 @@
% elaborate function in place of \cs{use_i:nn}/\cs{use_ii:nn}. Provided
% two arguments are absorbed then the code will work.
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}
% {
@@ -1851,8 +1777,11 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\prg_generate_conditional_aux:nnNNnnnn,
-% \prg_generate_conditional_aux:nnw}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]
+% {
+% \prg_generate_conditional_aux:nnNNnnnn,
+% \prg_generate_conditional_aux:nnw
+% }
% The workhorse here is going through a list of desired forms, \emph{i.e.},
% |p|, |TF|, |T| and |F|. The first three arguments come from splitting up
% the base form of the conditional, which gives the name, signature
@@ -1980,6 +1909,13 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]
% {\prg_set_eq_conditional_aux:NNNn, \prg_set_eq_conditional_aux:NNNw}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
+% {
+% \prg_conditional_form_p:nnn ,
+% \prg_conditional_form_TF:nnn ,
+% \prg_conditional_form_T:nnn ,
+% \prg_conditional_form_F:nnn ,
+% }
% Manual clist loop over argument |#4|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \prg_set_eq_conditional_aux:NNNn #1#2#3#4
@@ -2000,6 +1936,7 @@
\cs_set:Npn \prg_conditional_form_F:nnn #1#2#3 { #1 : #2 F }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% All that is left is to define the canonical boolean true and false.
% I think Michael originated the idea of expandable boolean tests. At
@@ -2010,21 +1947,18 @@
% constants with values of $1$ for true and $0$ for false. We need
% this from the get-go.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_true_bool}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_false_bool}
+% \begin{variable}{\c_true_bool, \c_false_bool}
% Here are the canonical boolean values.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tex_chardef:D \c_true_bool = 1~
\tex_chardef:D \c_false_bool = 0~
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{variable}
%
% \subsection{Dissecting a control sequence}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_to_str:N}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\cs_to_str_aux:N}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\cs_to_str_aux:w}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\cs_to_str:N}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\cs_to_str_aux:N, \cs_to_str_aux:w}
% This converts a control sequence into the character string of its
% name, removing the leading escape character. This turns out to be
% a non-trivial matter as there a different cases:
@@ -2076,17 +2010,16 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_split_function:NN}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\cs_split_function_aux:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\cs_split_function_auxii:w}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\cs_split_function:NN}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
+% {\cs_split_function_aux:w, \cs_split_function_auxii:w}
% This function takes a function name and splits it into name with
% the escape char removed and argument specification. In addition to
% this, a third argument, a boolean \meta{true} or \meta{false} is
% returned with \meta{true} for when there is a colon in the function
% and \meta{false} if there is not. Lastly, the second argument of
-% |\cs_split_function:NN| is supposed to be a function
+% \cs{cs_split_function:NN} is supposed to be a function
% taking three variables, one for name, one for signature, and one
% for the boolean. For example,
% |\cs_split_function:NN\foo_bar:cnx\use_i:nnn| as input
@@ -2103,7 +2036,7 @@
\group_end:
% \end{macrocode}
% First ensure that we actually get a properly evaluated str
-% by expanding |\cs_to_str:N| twice. Insert
+% by expanding \cs{cs_to_str:N} twice. Insert
% extra colon to catch the error cases.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_split_function:NN #1#2
@@ -2118,7 +2051,7 @@
% first letter of the signature. The letters here have catcode 12.
% If a colon was given we need to a) split off the colon and quark at
% the end and b) ensure we return the name, signature and boolean true
-% We can't use |\quark_if_no_value:NTF| yet but this is very safe
+% We can't use \cs{quark_if_no_value:NTF} yet but this is very safe
% anyway as all tokens have catcode~12.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_split_function_aux:w #1 @ #2#3 \q_stop #4
@@ -2140,9 +2073,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_get_function_name:N, \cs_get_function_signature:N}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\cs_get_function_name:N, \cs_get_function_signature:N}
% Now returning the name is trivial: just discard the last two
% arguments. Similar for signature.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2160,7 +2092,7 @@
% |\tex_relax:D| token. A control sequence is said to be \emph{free}
% (to be defined) if it does not already exist.
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\cs_if_exist:N,\cs_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]{\cs_if_exist:N,\cs_if_exist:c}
% Two versions for checking existence. For the |N| form we firstly
% check for |\scan_stop:| and then if it is in the hash
% table. There is no problem when inputting something like |\else:|
@@ -2206,7 +2138,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\cs_if_free:N,\cs_if_free:c}
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]{\cs_if_free:N,\cs_if_free:c}
% The logical reversal of the above.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \cs_if_free:N #1 { p , T , F , TF }
@@ -2251,11 +2183,11 @@
% sequence in the hash table if it does not exist.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:NTF #1#2
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 #2} }
+ { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 #2 } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:NF #1
{ \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:NT #1 #2
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1#2 } { } }
+ { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 #2 } { } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:N #1
{ \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 } { } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:cTF #1#2
@@ -2282,8 +2214,7 @@
% allow us to generate error messages. The definitions here are
% only temporary, they will be redefined later on.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\iow_log:x}
-% \begin{macro}{\iow_term:x}
+% \begin{macro}{\iow_log:x, \iow_term:x}
% We define a routine to write only to the log file. And a
% similar one for writing to both the log file and the terminal.
% These will be redefined later by \pkg{l3io}.
@@ -2294,11 +2225,9 @@
{ \tex_immediate:D \tex_write:D \c_sixteen }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\msg_kernel_error:nnxx}
-% \begin{macro}{\msg_kernel_error:nnx}
-% \begin{macro}{\msg_kernel_error:nn}
+% \begin{macro}
+% {\msg_kernel_error:nnxx, \msg_kernel_error:nnx, \msg_kernel_error:nn}
% If an internal error occurs before \LaTeX3 has loaded \pkg{l3msg} then
% the code should issue a usable if terse error message and halt. This
% can only happen if a coding error is made by the team, so this is
@@ -2322,10 +2251,8 @@
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx {#1} {#2} { } { } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\msg_line_context:}
+% \begin{macro}[rEXP]{\msg_line_context:}
% Another one from \pkg{l3msg} which will be altered later.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_nopar:Npn \msg_line_context:
@@ -2333,12 +2260,12 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\chk_if_free_cs:N, \chk_if_free_cs:c}
-% This command is called by |\cs_new_nopar:Npn| and |\cs_new_eq:NN|
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\chk_if_free_cs:N, \chk_if_free_cs:c}
+% This command is called by \cs{cs_new_nopar:Npn} and \cs{cs_new_eq:NN}
% \emph{etc.}\
% to make sure that the argument sequence is not already in use. If
% it is, an error is signalled. It checks if \meta{csname} is
-% undefined or |\scan_stop:|. Otherwise an error message is
+% undefined or \cs{scan_stop:}. Otherwise an error message is
% issued. We have to make sure we don't put the argument into the
% conditional processing since it may be an |\if...| type function!
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2368,7 +2295,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\chk_if_exist_cs:N, \chk_if_exist_cs:c}
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\chk_if_exist_cs:N, \chk_if_exist_cs:c}
% This function issues a warning message when the control sequence
% in its argument does not exist.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2387,15 +2314,15 @@
%
% \subsection{More new definitions}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:Npn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:Npx}
-% Global versions of the above functions.
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_new_nopar:Npn , \cs_new_nopar:Npx ,
+% \cs_new:Npn , \cs_new:Npx ,
+% \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn , \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npx ,
+% \cs_new_protected:Npn , \cs_new_protected:Npx
+% }
+% Function which check that the control sequence is free before
+% defining it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1#2
{
@@ -2415,29 +2342,22 @@
\cs_tmp:w \cs_new_protected:Npx \cs_gset_protected:Npx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:cpx}
-% Like |\cs_set_nopar:Npn| and |\cs_new_nopar:Npn|, except that the
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set_nopar:cpn , \cs_set_nopar:cpx ,
+% \cs_gset_nopar:cpn , \cs_gset_nopar:cpx ,
+% \cs_new_nopar:cpn , \cs_new_nopar:cpx
+% }
+% Like \cs{cs_set_nopar:Npn} and \cs{cs_new_nopar:Npn}, except that the
% first argument consists of the sequence of characters that should
% be used to form the name of the desired control sequence (the |c|
% stands for csname argument, see the expansion module). Global
% versions are also provided.
%
-% |\cs_set_nopar:cpn|\meta{string}\meta{rep-text} will turn \meta{string}
+% \cs{cs_set_nopar:cpn}\meta{string}\meta{rep-text} will turn \meta{string}
% into a csname and then assign \meta{rep-text} to it by using
-% |\cs_set_nopar:Npn|. This means that there might be a parameter
+% \cs{cs_set_nopar:Npn}. This means that there might be a parameter
% string between the two arguments.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1#2
@@ -2450,19 +2370,14 @@
\cs_tmp:w \cs_new_nopar:cpx \cs_new_nopar:Npx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:cpx}
-% Variants of the |\cs_set:Npn| versions which make a csname out
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set:cpn , \cs_set:cpx ,
+% \cs_gset:cpn , \cs_gset:cpx ,
+% \cs_new:cpn , \cs_new:cpx
+% }
+% Variants of the \cs{cs_set:Npn} versions which make a csname out
% of the first arguments. We may also do this globally.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_tmp:w \cs_set:cpn \cs_set:Npn
@@ -2473,20 +2388,15 @@
\cs_tmp:w \cs_new:cpx \cs_new:Npx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpx}
-% Variants of the |\cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn| versions which make a csname
-% out of the first arguments. We may also do this globally.
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpn , \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected_nopar:cpn , \cs_gset_protected_nopar:cpx ,
+% \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn , \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpx
+% }
+% Variants of the \cs{cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn} versions which make
+% a csname out of the first arguments. We may also do this globally.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_tmp:w \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpn \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn
\cs_tmp:w \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx
@@ -2496,19 +2406,14 @@
\cs_tmp:w \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpx \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:cpx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:cpn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:cpx}
-% Variants of the |\cs_set_protected:Npn| versions which make a csname
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set_protected:cpn , \cs_set_protected:cpx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected:cpn , \cs_gset_protected:cpx ,
+% \cs_new_protected:cpn , \cs_new_protected:cpx
+% }
+% Variants of the \cs{cs_set_protected:Npn} versions which make a csname
% out of the first arguments. We may also do this globally.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_tmp:w \cs_set_protected:cpn \cs_set_protected:Npn
@@ -2519,46 +2424,36 @@
\cs_tmp:w \cs_new_protected:cpx \cs_new_protected:Npx
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Copying definitions}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_eq:NN}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_eq:cN}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_eq:Nc}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_eq:cc}
-% These macros allow us to copy the definition of a control sequence
-% to another control sequence.
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set_eq:NN , \cs_set_eq:cN , \cs_set_eq:Nc , \cs_set_eq:cc ,
+% \cs_gset_eq:NN , \cs_gset_eq:cN , \cs_gset_eq:Nc , \cs_gset_eq:cc ,
+% \cs_new_eq:NN , \cs_new_eq:cN , \cs_new_eq:Nc , \cs_new_eq:cc
+% }
+% These macros allow us to copy the definition of a control sequence
+% to another control sequence.
%
-% The |=| sign allows us to define funny char tokens like |=|
-% itself or \verb*| | with this function. For the definition of
-% |\c_space_char{~}| to work we need the |~| after the |=|.
+% The |=| sign allows us to define funny char tokens like |=| itself
+% or \verb*| | with this function. For the definition of
+% |\c_space_char{~}| to work we need the |~| after the |=|.
%
-% |\cs_set_eq:NN| is long to avoid problems with a literal argument
-% of |\par|. While |\cs_new_eq:NN| will probably never be correct
-% with a first argument of |\par|, define it long in order to throw
-% an \enquote{already defined} error rather than
-% \enquote{runaway argument}.
+% \cs{cs_set_eq:NN} is long to avoid problems with a literal argument
+% of \cs{par}. While \cs{cs_new_eq:NN} will probably never be correct
+% with a first argument of \cs{par}, define it long in order to throw
+% an \enquote{already defined} error rather than
+% \enquote{runaway argument}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_set_eq:NN #1 { \tex_let:D #1 =~ }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_set_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_set_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_set_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_set_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_set_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_set_eq:NN }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_eq:NN}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_eq:cN}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_eq:Nc}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_eq:cc}
-% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:NN { \tex_global:D \cs_set_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_new_eq:NN #1
{
\chk_if_free_cs:N #1
@@ -2569,33 +2464,15 @@
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_new_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_new_eq:NN }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_eq:NN}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_eq:cN}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_eq:Nc}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_eq:cc}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:NN { \tex_global:D \cs_set_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Undefining functions}
%
% \begin{macro}{\cs_undefine:N, \cs_undefine:c}
-% The following function is used to free the main memory from the
-% definition of some function that isn't in use any longer.
-% The \texttt{c} variant is careful not to add the control sequence
-% to the hash table if it isn't there yet, and it also avoids nesting
-% \TeX{} conditionals in case |#1| is unbalanced in this matter.
+% The following function is used to free the main memory from the
+% definition of some function that isn't in use any longer.
+% The \texttt{c} variant is careful not to add the control sequence
+% to the hash table if it isn't there yet, and it also avoids nesting
+% \TeX{} conditionals in case |#1| is unbalanced in this matter.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_undefine:N #1
{ \cs_gset_eq:NN #1 \c_undefined:D }
@@ -2613,9 +2490,12 @@
%
% \subsection{Defining functions from a given number of arguments}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\cs_get_arg_count_from_signature_aux:nnN}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\cs_get_arg_count_from_signature_auxii:w}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
+% {
+% \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature_aux:nnN,
+% \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature_auxii:w
+% }
% Counting the number of tokens in the signature, i.e., the number
% of arguments the function should take. If there is no signature,
% we return that there is $-1$ arguments to signal an error.
@@ -2650,7 +2530,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]
% {
@@ -2703,8 +2582,8 @@
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_generate_from_arg_count:Ncnn
{ \exp_args:NNc \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn }
% \end{macrocode}
-% The error message. Elsewhere we use the value of $-1$ to signal a
-% missing colon in a function, so provide a hint for help on this.
+% The error message. Elsewhere we use the value of $-1$ to signal a
+% missing colon in a function, so provide a hint for help on this.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_generate_from_arg_count_error_msg:Nn #1#2
{
@@ -2723,46 +2602,45 @@
% with user interface |\cs_set:Nn \foo_bar:nn {#1,#2}|, \emph{i.e.}, the
% number of arguments is read from the signature.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:Nx}
-% We want to define |\cs_set:Nn| as
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \cs_set_protected:Npn \cs_set:Nn #1#2
-% {
-% \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn #1 \cs_set:Npn
-% { \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N #1 } {#2}
-% }
-% \end{verbatim}
-% In short, to define |\cs_set:Nn| we need just use |\cs_set:Npn|,
-% everything else is the same for each variant. Therefore, we can
-% make it simpler by temporarily defining a function to do this for
-% us.
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set:Nn , \cs_set:Nx ,
+% \cs_set_nopar:Nn , \cs_set_nopar:Nx ,
+% \cs_set_protected:Nn , \cs_set_protected:Nx ,
+% \cs_set_protected_nopar:Nn , \cs_set_protected_nopar:Nx ,
+% \cs_gset:Nn , \cs_gset:Nx ,
+% \cs_gset_nopar:Nn , \cs_gset_nopar:Nx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected:Nn , \cs_gset_protected:Nx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected_nopar:Nn , \cs_gset_protected_nopar:Nx ,
+% \cs_new:Nn , \cs_new:Nx ,
+% \cs_new_nopar:Nn , \cs_new_nopar:Nx ,
+% \cs_new_protected:Nn , \cs_new_protected:Nx ,
+% \cs_new_protected_nopar:Nn , \cs_new_protected_nopar:Nx ,
+% }
+% We want to define \cs{cs_set:Nn} as
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \cs_set_protected:Npn \cs_set:Nn #1#2
+% {
+% \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn #1 \cs_set:Npn
+% { \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N #1 } {#2}
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% In short, to define \cs{cs_set:Nn} we need just use \cs{cs_set:Npn},
+% everything else is the same for each variant. Therefore, we can
+% make it simpler by temporarily defining a function to do this for
+% us.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1#2#3
{
- \cs_set_protected:cpx { cs_ #1 : #2 } ##1##2
+ \cs_new_protected:cpx { cs_ #1 : #2 } ##1##2
{
\exp_not:N \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn ##1
\exp_after:wN \exp_not:N \cs:w cs_#1 : #3 \cs_end:
- { \exp_not:N\cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N ##1 }{##2}
+ { \exp_not:N \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N ##1 }{##2}
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Then we define the 32 variants beginning with |N|.
+% Then we define the 24 variants beginning with |N|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_tmp:w { set } { Nn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { set } { Nx } { Npx }
@@ -2780,87 +2658,51 @@
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected } { Nx } { Npx }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:Nx}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% Then something similar for the |c| variants.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \cs_set_protected:Npn \cs_set:cn #1#2
-% {
-% \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn {#1} \cs_set:Npn
-% { \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:c {#1} } {#2}
-% }
-% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \cs_set:cn , \cs_set:cx ,
+% \cs_set_nopar:cn , \cs_set_nopar:cx ,
+% \cs_set_protected:cn , \cs_set_protected:cx ,
+% \cs_set_protected_nopar:cn , \cs_set_protected_nopar:cx ,
+% \cs_gset:cn , \cs_gset:cx ,
+% \cs_gset_nopar:cn , \cs_gset_nopar:cx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected:cn , \cs_gset_protected:cx ,
+% \cs_gset_protected_nopar:cn , \cs_gset_protected_nopar:cx ,
+% \cs_new:cn , \cs_new:cx ,
+% \cs_new_nopar:cn , \cs_new_nopar:cx ,
+% \cs_new_protected:cn , \cs_new_protected:cx ,
+% \cs_new_protected_nopar:cn , \cs_new_protected_nopar:cx ,
+% }
+% Then something similar for the |c| variants.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \cs_set_protected:Npn \cs_set:cn #1#2
+% {
+% \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn {#1} \cs_set:Npn
+% { \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:c {#1} } {#2}
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% The 24 |c| variants.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1#2#3
{
- \cs_set_protected:cpx {cs_#1:#2}##1##2{
- \exp_not:N\cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn {##1}
- \exp_after:wN \exp_not:N \cs:w cs_#1:#3 \cs_end:
- { \exp_not:N \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:c {##1} } {##2}
- }
+ \cs_new_protected:cpx {cs_#1:#2} ##1##2
+ {
+ \exp_not:N \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn {##1}
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_not:N \cs:w cs_#1:#3 \cs_end:
+ { \exp_not:N \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:c {##1} } {##2}
+ }
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_nopar:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_set_protected_nopar:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_nopar:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_gset_protected_nopar:cx}
-% The 32 |c| variants.
-% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_tmp:w { set } { cn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { set } { cx } { Npx }
\cs_tmp:w { set_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
@@ -2877,55 +2719,22 @@
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected } { cx } { Npx }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_nopar:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected:cx}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\cs_new_protected_nopar:cx}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Checking control sequence equality}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\cs_if_eq:NN,\cs_if_eq:cN,\cs_if_eq:Nc,\cs_if_eq:cc}
-% Check if two control sequences are identical.
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]
+% {\cs_if_eq:NN, \cs_if_eq:cN, \cs_if_eq:Nc, \cs_if_eq:cc}
+% Check if two control sequences are identical.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \cs_if_eq:NN #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
@@ -2950,15 +2759,17 @@
% \subsection{Diagnostic wrapper functions}
%
% \begin{macro}{\kernel_register_show:N, \kernel_register_show:c}
+% Check that the variable, then apply the \tn{showthe} primitive to
+% the variable. The odd-looking \cs{use:n} gives a nicer output.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \kernel_register_show:N #1
{
\cs_if_exist:NTF #1
- { \tex_showthe:D \use:n #1 }
- {
- \msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
- { \token_to_str:N #1 }
- }
+ { \tex_showthe:D \use:n {#1} }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ }
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \kernel_register_show:c
{ \exp_args:Nc \kernel_register_show:N }
@@ -2967,7 +2778,8 @@
%
% \subsection{Engine specific definitions}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\xetex_if_engine:, \luatex_if_engine:, \pdftex_if_engine:}
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]
+% {\xetex_if_engine:, \luatex_if_engine:, \pdftex_if_engine:}
% In some cases it will be useful to know which engine we're running.
% This can all be hard-coded for speed.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2985,32 +2797,32 @@
\cs_new_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
\cs_if_exist:NT \xetex_XeTeXversion:D
{
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:T \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:T \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
}
\cs_if_exist:NT \luatex_directlua:D
{
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:T \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:T \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Doing nothing functions}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\prg_do_nothing:}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prg_do_nothing:}
% This does not fit anywhere else!
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \prg_do_nothing: { }
@@ -3019,8 +2831,7 @@
%
% \subsection{String comparisons}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\str_if_eq:nn}
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\str_if_eq:xx}
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]{\str_if_eq:nn, \str_if_eq:xx}
% Modern engines provide a direct way of comparing two token lists,
% but returning a number. This set of conditionals therefore make life
% a bit clearer. The \texttt{nn} and \texttt{xx} versions are created
@@ -3031,7 +2842,7 @@
{
\if_int_compare:w \pdftex_strcmp:D { \exp_not:n {#1} } { \exp_not:n {#2} }
= \c_zero
- \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
+ \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \str_if_eq:xx #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
@@ -3040,13 +2851,10 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Breaking out of mapping functions}
%
-% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prg_break_point:n}
-% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prg_map_break:}
-% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prg_map_break:n}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prg_break_point:n, \prg_map_break:, \prg_map_break:n}
% In inline mappings, the nesting level must be reset
% at the end of the mapping, even when the user decides
% to break out. This is done by putting the code that
@@ -3060,8 +2868,6 @@
\cs_new:Npn \prg_map_break:n #1 #2 \prg_break_point:n #3 { #3 #1 }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Deprecated functions}
%
@@ -3112,7 +2918,7 @@
%
% Deprecated 2011-09-06, for removal by 2011-12-31.
%
-% \begin{macro}
+% \begin{variable}
% {
% \c_pdftex_is_engine_bool, \c_luatex_is_engine_bool,
% \c_xetex_is_engine_bool
@@ -3125,12 +2931,15 @@
\cs_new_eq:NN \c_xetex_is_engine_bool \xetex_if_engine_p:
%</deprecated>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_after_fi:nw}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_after_else:nw}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_after_or:nw}
-% \begin{macro}{\use_i_after_orelse:nw}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]
+% {
+% \use_i_after_fi:nw,
+% \use_i_after_else:nw,
+% \use_i_after_or:nw,
+% \use_i_after_orelse:nw
+% }
% These functions return the first argument after ending the conditional.
% This is rather specialized, and we want to de-emphasize the use of
% primitive \TeX{} conditionals.
@@ -3143,9 +2952,6 @@
%</deprecated>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% Deprecated 2011-09-07, for removal by 2011-12-31.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
index 7497971d2d6..8ec1f62babe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 3432 2012-02-18 12:16:20Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental boxes}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -135,6 +135,16 @@
% clears \meta{box2}. These assignments are global.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\box_if_exist:N, \box_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_if_exist_p:N} \meta{box}
+% \cs{box_if_exist:NTF} \meta{box} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{box} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{box} really is a box.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Using boxes}
%
% \begin{function}{\box_use:N, \box_use:c}
@@ -832,17 +842,9 @@
% Clear or new.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_clear_new:N #1
- {
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
- { \box_set_eq:NN #1 \c_empty_box }
- { \box_new:N #1 }
- }
+ { \box_if_exist:NTF #1 { \box_clear:N #1 } { \box_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_gclear_new:N #1
- {
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
- { \box_gset_eq:NN #1 \c_empty_box }
- { \box_new:N #1 }
- }
+ { \box_if_exist:NTF #1 { \box_gclear:N #1 } { \box_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_clear_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_gclear_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -892,6 +894,20 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\box_if_exist:N, \box_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Measuring and setting box dimensions}
%
% \begin{macro}{\box_ht:N,\box_ht:c}
@@ -1069,7 +1085,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_show:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
+ \box_if_exist:NTF #1
{ \tex_showbox:D \use:n {#1} }
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
index 8cd9e6d6687..31a429e61ef 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental comma separated lists}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -149,6 +149,16 @@
% \meta{comma list2} will be placed at the left side of the new comma list.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\clist_if_exist:N, \clist_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{clist_if_exist_p:N} \meta{comma list}
+% \cs{clist_if_exist:NTF} \meta{comma list} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{comma list} is currently defined. This does
+% not check that the \meta{comma list} really is a comma list.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Adding data to comma lists}
%
% \begin{function}[added = 2011-09-06]
@@ -274,8 +284,8 @@
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]
% {\clist_if_eq:NN, \clist_if_eq:Nc, \clist_if_eq:cN, \clist_if_eq:cc}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{clist_if_eq_p:NN} \Arg{clist_1} \Arg{clist_2}
-% \cs{clist_if_eq:NNTF} \Arg{clist_1} \Arg{clist_2} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \cs{clist_if_eq_p:NN} \meta{clist_1} \meta{clist_2}
+% \cs{clist_if_eq:NNTF} \meta{clist_1} \meta{clist_2} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Compares the content of two \meta{comma lists} and
% is logically \texttt{true} if the two contain the same list of
@@ -729,6 +739,20 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\clist_if_exist:N, \clist_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Removing spaces around items}
%
% \begin{macro}[int,EXP]{\clist_trim_spaces_generic:nw}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
index 28c9de60e50..54575bde8ce 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3coffins.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3coffins.dtx 3482 2012-03-03 18:48:06Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental coffin code layer}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \coffin_show_structure:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
{
\msg_aux_show:Nnx #1 { coffins }
{
@@ -2225,10 +2225,6 @@
\msg_aux_show_unbraced:nn
}
}
- {
- \msg_aux_use:nn { LaTeX / coffins } { no-pole }
- \msg_aux_show:x { }
- }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_show_structure:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2263,11 +2259,6 @@
> ~ wd~=~\dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 \\
Poles~of~coffin~\token_to_str:N #1 :
}
-\msg_kernel_new:nnn { coffins } { no-pole }
- {
- ---~No~poles~found~--- \\
- Is~this~really~a~coffin?
- }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
index 67d073be832..8eec496836e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
% \end{macrocode}
%
%<*driver|class>
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 3464 2012-02-26 15:30:29Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 3491 2012-03-04 06:13:18Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental documentation class}
%</driver|class>
%
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
\vcoffin_set:Nnw \l_doc_descr_coffin {\textwidth}
\noindent\ignorespaces
}
-\cs_gset_nopar:Npn \function_typeset:n #1
+\cs_gset_nopar:Npn \function_typeset:n #1 %^^A todo: use "\cs_new:Npn" here
{
\tl_gclear:N \g_doc_macro_tl
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
index 28f53230235..9b8bd6b1a0a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 3464 2012-02-26 15:30:29Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 3520 2012-03-09 19:34:07Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental file and I/O operations}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -976,20 +976,20 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \iow_open:Nn { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_open_aux:Nn #1#2
{
- \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_name_internal_tl
+ \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_internal_name_tl
\quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_file_internal_name_tl
{ \file_input_error:n {#2} }
- { \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_name_internal_tl }
+ { \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_internal_name_tl }
}
\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \ior_open:Nn #1#2 { T , F , TF }
{ \file_name_sanitize:nn {#2} { \ior_open_aux:NnTF #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_open_aux:NnTF #1#2
{
- \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_name_internal_tl
+ \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_internal_name_tl
\quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_file_internal_name_tl
{ \prg_return_false: }
{
- \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_name_internal_tl
+ \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_internal_name_tl
\prg_return_true:
}
}
@@ -1073,8 +1073,7 @@
\ior_new:N \g_ior_internal_ior
\cs_new_protected:Npn \iow_stream_alloc:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
- { \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
{
%<*package>
\iow_stream_alloc_aux:
@@ -1089,8 +1088,8 @@
%<*initex>
\iow_raw_new:c { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
%</initex>
- \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
}
+ \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
}
%<*package>
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \iow_stream_alloc_aux:
@@ -1098,19 +1097,18 @@
\int_incr:N \l_iow_stream_int
\int_compare:nNnT \l_iow_stream_int < \c_sixteen
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
- {
- \prop_if_in:NVT \g_iow_streams_prop \l_iow_stream_int
- { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
- }
- { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NVT \g_iow_streams_prop \l_iow_stream_int
+ { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ }
+ { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
}
}
%</package>
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_stream_alloc:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
- { \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
{
%<*package>
\ior_stream_alloc_aux:
@@ -1125,8 +1123,8 @@
%<*initex>
\ior_raw_new:c { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
%</initex>
- \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
}
+ \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
}
%<*package>
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ior_stream_alloc_aux:
@@ -1134,12 +1132,12 @@
\int_incr:N \l_ior_stream_int
\int_compare:nNnT \l_ior_stream_int < \c_sixteen
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
- {
- \prop_if_in:NVT \g_ior_streams_prop \l_ior_stream_int
- { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
- }
- { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NVT \g_ior_streams_prop \l_ior_stream_int
+ { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ }
+ { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
}
}
%</package>
@@ -1758,10 +1756,10 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { file } { file-not-found }
- { Space~in~file~name~'#1'. }
+ { File~'#1'~not~found. }
{
- Spaces~are~not~permitted~in~files~loaded~by~LaTeX: \\
- Further~errors~may~follow!
+ The~requested~file~could~not~be~found~in~the~current~directory,~
+ in~the~TeX~search~path~or~in~the~LaTeX~search~path.
}
\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { file } { space-in-file-name }
{ Space~in~file~name~'#1'. }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
index ea947680f43..64a6b39252f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 3315 2012-02-06 11:17:04Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental floating-point operations}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
%
% Operations which give an undefined result (such as division by
% $0$) will not lead to errors. Instead special marker values are
-% returned, which can be tested for using fr example
+% returned, which can be tested for using for example
% \cs{fp_if_undefined:N(TF)}. In this way it is possible to work with
% asymptotic functions without first checking the input. If these
% special values are carried forward in calculations they will be
@@ -202,6 +202,15 @@
% terminal.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]{\fp_if_exist:N, \fp_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{fp_if_exist_p:N} \meta{fp~var}
+% \cs{fp_if_exist:NTF} \meta{fp~var} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{fp~var} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{fp~var} really is a floating point variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Conversion of floating point values to other formats}
%
% It is useful to be able to convert floating point variables to
@@ -1209,9 +1218,9 @@
% Create a floating point if needed, otherwise clear it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_zero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
+ { \fp_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_zero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_gzero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
+ { \fp_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_gzero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_gzero_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1482,6 +1491,20 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\fp_if_exist:N, \fp_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Transferring to other types}
%
% The \cs{fp_use:N} function converts a floating point variable to
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
index fa633515f99..fdae7fa1046 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental integers}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -208,6 +208,16 @@
% \meta{integer2}.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\int_if_exist:N, \int_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{int_if_exist_p:N} \meta{int}
+% \cs{int_if_exist:NTF} \meta{int} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{int} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{int} really is an integer variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Setting and incrementing integers}
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-10-22]
@@ -1056,9 +1066,9 @@
% Create a register if needed, otherwise clear it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_zero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
+ { \int_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_zero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_gzero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
+ { \int_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_gzero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gzero_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1082,6 +1092,20 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\int_if_exist:N, \int_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Setting and incrementing integers}
%
% \begin{macro}{\int_add:Nn, \int_add:cn}
@@ -1167,152 +1191,118 @@
\cs_new_eq:NN \int_use:N \tex_the:D
\cs_new:Npn \int_use:c #1 { \int_use:N \cs:w #1 \cs_end: }
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Integer expression conditionals}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\int_compare:n}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\int_compare_aux:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\int_compare_aux:Nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_=:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_==:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_!=:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_<:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_>:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_<=:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{int_compare_>=:w}
-% Comparison tests using a simple syntax where only one set of braces
-% is required and additional operators such as |!=| and |>=| are
-% supported. First some notes on the idea behind this. We wish to
-% support writing code like
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \int_compare_p:n { 5 + \l_tmpa_int != 4 - \l_tmpb_int }
-% \end{verbatim}
-% In other words, we want to somehow add the missing \cs{int_eval:w}
-% where required. We can start evaluating from the left using
-% \cs{int_eval:w}, and we know that since the relation symbols |<|, |>|,
-% |=| and |!| are not allowed in such expressions, they will terminate
-% the expression. Therefore, we first let \TeX{} evaluate this left
-% hand side of the (in)equality.
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\kernel_compare_error:, \kernel_compare_error:NNw}
+% Those functions are used for comparison tests which use a simple
+% syntax where only one set of braces is required and additional
+% operators such as |!=| and |>=| are supported. The tests first
+% evaluate their left-hand side, with a trailing
+% \cs{kernel_compare_error:}. This marker is normally not expanded,
+% but if the relation symbol is missing from the test's argument, then
+% the marker inserts |=| (and itself) after triggering the relevant
+% \TeX{} error. If the first token which appears after evaluating and
+% removing the left-hand side is not a known relation symbol, then a
+% judiciously placed \cs{kernel_compare_error:Nw} gets expanded,
+% cleaning up the end of the test and telling the user what the
+% problem was.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \int_compare:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
- { \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:nw \int_value:w \int_eval:w #1 \q_stop }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Then the next step is to figure out which relation we should use, so
-% we have to somehow get rid of the first evaluation so that we can
-% see what stopped it. \cs{int_to_roman:w} is handy here since its
-% expansion given a non-positive number is \meta{null}. We therefore
-% simply check if the first token of the left hand side evaluation is
-% a minus. If not, we insert it and issue \cs{int_to_roman:w},
-% thereby ridding us of the left hand side evaluation. We do however
-% save it for later.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:nw #1#2 \q_stop
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \kernel_compare_error:
{
- \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:Nw
- \int_to_roman:w
- \if:w #1 -
- \else:
- -
- \fi:
- #1#2 \q_mark #1#2 \q_stop
+ \if_num:w \c_zero \c_zero \fi:
+ =
+ \kernel_compare_error:
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This leaves the first relation symbol in front and assuming the
-% right hand side has been input, at least one other token as well. We
-% support the following forms: |=|, |<|, |>| and the extended |!=|,
-% |==|, |<=| and |>=|. All the extended forms have an extra |=| so we
-% check if that is present as well. Then use specific function to
-% perform the test.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:Nw #1#2#3 \q_mark
- { \use:c { int_compare_ #1 \if_meaning:w = #2 = \fi: :w } }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The actual comparisons are then simple function calls, using the
-% relation as delimiter for a delimited argument.
-% Equality is easy:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_=:w } #1 = #2 \q_stop
+\cs_new:Npn \kernel_compare_error:Nw
+ #1#2 \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 = \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_true:
- \else:
- \prg_return_false:
- \fi:
+ \msg_expandable_kernel_error:nnn
+ { kernel } { unknown-comparison } {#1}
+ \prg_return_false:
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% So is the one using |==| we just have to use |==| in the
-% parameter text.
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]{\int_compare:n}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\int_compare_aux:Nw, \int_compare_aux:NNw}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
+% {
+% \int_compare_=:NNw,
+% \int_compare_<:NNw,
+% \int_compare_>:NNw,
+% \int_compare_==:NNw,
+% \int_compare_!=:NNw,
+% \int_compare_<=:NNw,
+% \int_compare_>=:NNw
+% }
+% Comparison tests using a simple syntax where only one set of braces
+% is required and additional operators such as |!=| and |>=| are
+% supported. We can start evaluating from the left using
+% \cs{int_eval:w}, and we know that since the relation symbols |<|,
+% |>|, |=| and |!| are not allowed in such expressions, they will
+% terminate the expression. Therefore, we first let \TeX{} evaluate
+% this left hand side of the (in)equality. We also insert at that
+% stage the end of the test: \cs{int_eval_end:} will end the
+% evaluation of the right-hand side.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_==:w } #1 == #2 \q_stop
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \int_compare:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 = \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
+ \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:Nw \int_use:N \int_eval:w #1
+ \kernel_compare_error: \int_eval_end:
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Not equal is just about reversing the truth value.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_!=:w } #1 != #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 = \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_false:
- \else:
- \prg_return_true:
- \fi:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Less than and greater than are also straight forward.
+% We have just evaluated the left-hand side. To access the relation
+% symbol, we remove the number by applying \cs{int_to_roman:w}, after
+% making sure that the argument becomes non-positive: its roman
+% numeral representation is then empty. The \cs{int_compare_aux:NNw}
+% auxiliary then probes the first two tokens to determine the relation
+% symbol, building a control sequence from it. All the extended forms
+% have an extra |=| hence the test for that as a second token. If the
+% relation symbol is unknown, then the control sequence is turned by
+% \TeX{} into \cs{scan_stop:}, and \cs{kernel_compare_error:Nw}
+% raises an error.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<:w } #1 < #2 \q_stop
+\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:Nw #1#2 \kernel_compare_error:
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 < \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_true:
- \else:
- \prg_return_false:
- \fi:
+ \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:NNw
+ \int_to_roman:w - 0 #2 ?? \q_mark
+ #1#2
}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>:w } #1 > #2 \q_stop
+\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:NNw #1#2#3 \q_mark
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 > \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_true:
- \else:
- \prg_return_false:
- \fi:
+ \use:c { int_compare_ #1 \if_meaning:w = #2 = \fi: :NNw }
+ \kernel_compare_error:Nw #1
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% The less than or equal operation is just the opposite of the greater
-% than operation. \emph{Vice versa} for less than or equal.
+% The actual comparisons are then simple function calls, using the
+% relation as delimiter for a delimited argument and discarding
+% \cs{kernel_compare_error:Nw} \meta{token} responsible for error
+% detection.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<=:w } #1 <= #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 > \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_false:
- \else:
- \prg_return_true:
- \fi:
- }
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>=:w } #1 >= #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 < \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_false:
- \else:
- \prg_return_true:
- \fi:
- }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_=:NNw } #1#2#3 =
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 = \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<:NNw } #1#2#3 <
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 < \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>:NNw } #1#2#3 >
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 > \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_==:NNw } #1#2#3 ==
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 = \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_!=:NNw } #1#2#3 !=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_int_compare:w #3 = \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<=:NNw } #1#2#3 <=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_int_compare:w #3 > \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>=:NNw } #1#2#3 >=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_int_compare:w #3 < \int_eval:w }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\int_compare:nNn}
% \UnitTested
@@ -1946,16 +1936,16 @@
{
\str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} { Q }
{
- \cs_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
+ \int_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
{ \int_from_roman_clean_up:w }
+
\use:c { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
#2
}
{
- \cs_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
+ \int_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
{ \int_from_roman_clean_up:w }
- \cs_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #2 _int }
+ \int_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #2 _int }
{ \int_from_roman_clean_up:w }
\int_compare:nNnTF
{ \use:c { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int } }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
index 42e32bb9ac5..e0becb45696 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 3086 2011-12-22 17:55:46Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 3487 2012-03-03 19:36:51Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental key-value interfaces}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -722,8 +722,8 @@
%
% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-21,EXP,pTF]{\keys_if_choice_exist:nn}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{keys_if_exist_p:nnn} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice} \\
-% \cs{keys_if_exist:nnnTF} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \cs{keys_if_choice_exist_p:nnn} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice} \\
+% \cs{keys_if_choice_exist:nnnTF} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{choice} is defined for the \meta{key} within the
% \meta{module},, \emph{i.e.}~if any code has been defined for
@@ -1157,15 +1157,16 @@
\bool_set_false:N \l_keys_no_value_bool
\keys_define_elt_aux:nn {#1} {#2}
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_define_elt_aux:nn #1#2 {
- \keys_property_find:n {#1}
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_props_root_tl \l_keys_property_tl }
- { \keys_define_key:n {#2} }
- {
- \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { keys } { property-unknown }
- { \l_keys_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl }
- }
-}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_define_elt_aux:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \keys_property_find:n {#1}
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_props_root_tl \l_keys_property_tl }
+ { \keys_define_key:n {#2} }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { keys } { property-unknown }
+ { \l_keys_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl }
+ }
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1236,7 +1237,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \keys_bool_set:NN #1#2
{
- \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
+ \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
\keys_choice_make:
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / true }
{ \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_true:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
@@ -1257,7 +1258,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1#2
{
- \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
+ \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
\keys_choice_make:
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / true }
{ \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_false:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
@@ -1478,7 +1479,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_variable_set:NnNN #1#2#3#4
{
- \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \use:c { #2 _new:N } #1 }
+ \use:c { #2_if_exist:NF } #1 { \use:c { #2 _new:N } #1 }
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl }
{ \exp_not:c { #2 _ #3 set:N #4 } \exp_not:N #1 {##1} }
}
@@ -1886,7 +1887,7 @@
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
{
- \exp_args:Nno \use:c { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
+ \exp_args:Nc \exp_args:No { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
\l_keys_value_tl
}
{#2}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
index 472196ac62a..89362b7e7d4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3msg.dtx 3470 2012-02-26 19:10:24Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3msg.dtx 3568 2012-04-23 13:23:58Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental messages}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -91,6 +91,8 @@
%
% \section{Creating new messages}
%
+% ^^A Wrong: "\msg_new:nnnn" is (as it should) global.
+% ^^A However, redirections are indeed local.
% All messages have to be created before they can be used. All message
% setting is local, with the general assumption that messages will
% be managed as part of module set up outside of any \TeX{} grouping.
@@ -99,6 +101,19 @@
% available in the console. As a result, formatting is only needed
% where it will help to show meaning. In particular, |\\| may be
% used to force a new line and \verb*|\ | forces an explicit space.
+% Additionally, |\{|, |\#|, |\}|, |\%| and |\~| can be used to produce
+% the corresponding character.
+%
+% Messages may be subdivided \emph{by one level} using the~|/|
+% character. This is used within the message filtering system to allow
+% for example the \LaTeX{} kernel messages to belong to the module
+% \texttt{LaTeX} while still being filterable at a more granular level.
+% Thus for example
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \msg_new:nnnn { mymodule } { submodule / message } ...
+% \end{verbatim}
+% will allow only those messages from the \texttt{submodule} to be filtered
+% out.
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-08-16]{\msg_new:nnnn, \msg_new:nnn}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -110,9 +125,8 @@
% available then a standard text is given instead. Within \meta{text}
% and \meta{more text} four parameters (|#1| to |#4|) can be used:
% these will be supplied at the time the message is used. The
-% parameters will be expanded when the message is used. Within the
-% \meta{text} and \meta{more text} |\\| can be used to start a new
-% line. An error will be raised if the \meta{message} already exists.
+% parameters will be expanded when the message is used. An error will
+% be raised if the \meta{message} already exists.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{\msg_set:nnnn, \msg_set:nnn, \msg_gset:nnnn, \msg_gset:nnn}
@@ -125,9 +139,16 @@
% available then a standard text is given instead. Within \meta{text}
% and \meta{more text} four parameters (|#1| to |#4|) can be used:
% these will be supplied at the time the message is used. The
-% parameters will be expanded when the message is used. Within the
-% \meta{text} and \meta{more text} |\\| can be used to start a new
-% line.
+% parameters will be expanded when the message is used.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF, added=2012-03-03]{\msg_if_exist:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{msg_if_exist_p:nn} \Arg{module} \Arg{message}
+% \cs{msg_if_exist:nnTF} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{message} for the \meta{module} is currently
+% defined.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Contextual information for messages}
@@ -176,7 +197,7 @@
% Fatal <module> error
% \end{verbatim}
% This function can be redefined to alter the language in which the
-% message is give, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
+% message is given, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
% be included.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -189,7 +210,7 @@
% Critical <module> error
% \end{verbatim}
% This function can be redefined to alter the language in which the
-% message is give, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
+% message is given, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
% be included.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -202,7 +223,7 @@
% <module> error
% \end{verbatim}
% This function can be redefined to alter the language in which the
-% message is give, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
+% message is given, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
% be included.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -215,7 +236,7 @@
% <module> warning
% \end{verbatim}
% This function can be redefined to alter the language in which the
-% message is give, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
+% message is given, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
% be included.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -228,7 +249,7 @@
% <module> info
% \end{verbatim}
% This function can be redefined to alter the language in which the
-% message is give, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
+% message is given, using |#1| as the name of the \meta{module} to
% be included.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -242,22 +263,26 @@
% \cs{tl_to_str:n} or \cs{token_to_str:N} to prevent unwanted expansion
% of the material.
%
-% \begin{function}{\msg_class_set:nn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-04-12]{\msg_class_set:nn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{msg_class_set:nn} \Arg{class} \Arg{code}
% \end{syntax}
% Sets a \meta{class} to output a message, using \meta{code}
% to process the message text. The \meta{class} should be a text
% value, while the \meta{code} may be any arbitrary material.
-% The \meta{code} will receive $6$ arguments: the module
+% The \meta{code} will receive~$6$ arguments: the module
% name (|#1|), the message name (|#2|) and the four arguments
% taken by the message text (|#3| to |#6|).
+% ^^A Add an example? An application could be that an IDE redirects
+% ^^A classes from 'error' to 'IDEerror', 'warning' to 'IDEwarning',
+% ^^A etc, and defines 'IDEerror' and 'IDEwarning' to produce messages
+% ^^A which are simpler to parse.
% \end{function}
%
% The kernel defines several common message classes. The following
% describes the standard behaviour of each class if no redirection of
% the class or message is active. In all cases, the message may be
-% issued supplying $0$ to $4$ arguments. The code will
+% issued supplying~$0$ to~$4$ arguments. The code will
% ensure that there an no errors if the number of arguments supplied
% here does not match the number in the definition of the message
% (although of course the sense of the message may be impaired).
@@ -271,8 +296,7 @@
% \msg_fatal:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_fatal:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_fatal:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues \meta{module} error \meta{message}, passing \meta{arg one} to
% \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions. After issuing a
@@ -281,15 +305,14 @@
%
% \begin{function}
% {
-% \msg_critical:nnxxxx ,
-% \msg_critical:nnxxx ,
-% \msg_critical:nnxx ,
-% \msg_critical:nnx ,
-% \msg_critical:nn
-% }
+% \msg_critical:nnxxxx ,
+% \msg_critical:nnxxx ,
+% \msg_critical:nnxx ,
+% \msg_critical:nnx ,
+% \msg_critical:nn
+% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_critical:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_critical:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues \meta{module} error \meta{message}, passing \meta{arg one} to
% \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions. After issuing the
@@ -297,6 +320,8 @@
% the \TeX{} run (if the current file is the main file) or
% may abort reading a sub-file.
% \end{function}
+% ^^A Perhaps add detection that we are in the main file to really do
+% ^^A '\tex_end:D' in that case?
%
% \begin{function}
% {
@@ -307,8 +332,7 @@
% \msg_error:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_error:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_error:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues \meta{module} error \meta{message}, passing \meta{arg one} to
% \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions. The error will
@@ -325,8 +349,7 @@
% \msg_warning:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_warning:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_warning:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues \meta{module} warning \meta{message}, passing \meta{arg one} to
% \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions. The warning text
@@ -343,8 +366,7 @@
% \msg_info:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_info:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_info:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues \meta{module} information \meta{message}, passing
% \meta{arg one} to \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions.
@@ -360,8 +382,7 @@
% \msg_log:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_log:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_log:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues \meta{module} information \meta{message}, passing
% \meta{arg one} to \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions.
@@ -378,8 +399,7 @@
% \msg_none:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_none:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_none:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Does nothing: used as a message class to prevent any output at
% all (see the discussion of message redirection).
@@ -405,13 +425,16 @@
% \begin{verbatim}
% \msg_redirect_module:nnn { module } { error } { warning }
% \end{verbatim}
-% to alter just those messages for module, or even
+% to alter only messages from that module, or even
% \begin{verbatim}
% \msg_redirect_name:nnn { module } { my-message } { warning }
% \end{verbatim}
-% to target just one message.
+% to target just one message. Redirection applies first to individual messages,
+% then to messages from one module and finally to messages of one class. Thus
+% it is possible to select out an individual message for special treatment
+% even if the entire class is already redirected.
%
-% \begin{function}{\msg_redirect_class:nn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-04-12]{\msg_redirect_class:nn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{msg_redirect_class:nn} \Arg{class one} \Arg{class two}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -422,7 +445,7 @@
% rather than at the point of redirection.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\msg_redirect_module:nnn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-04-12]{\msg_redirect_module:nnn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{msg_redirect_module:nnn} \Arg{module} \Arg{class one} \Arg{class two}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -437,9 +460,9 @@
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\msg_redirect_name:nnn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-04-12]{\msg_redirect_name:nnn}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_redirect_name:nn} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{class}
+% \cs{msg_redirect_name:nnn} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{class}
% \end{syntax}
% Redirects a specific \meta{message} from a specific \meta{module}
% to act as a member of \meta{class} of messages. This function can
@@ -538,9 +561,8 @@
% available then a standard text is given instead. Within \meta{text}
% and \meta{more text} four parameters (|#1| to |#4|) can be used:
% these will be supplied at the time the message is used. The
-% parameters will be expanded when the message is used. Within the
-% \meta{text} and \meta{more text} |\\| can be used to start a new
-% line. An error will be raised if the \meta{message} already exists.
+% parameters will be expanded when the message is used. An error will
+% be raised if the \meta{message} already exists.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{\msg_kernel_set:nnnn, \msg_kernel_set:nnn}
@@ -553,9 +575,7 @@
% available then a standard text is given instead. Within \meta{text}
% and \meta{more text} four parameters (|#1| to |#4|) can be used:
% these will be supplied at the time the message is used. The
-% parameters will be expanded when the message is used. Within the
-% \meta{text} and \meta{more text} |\\| can be used to start a new
-% line.
+% parameters will be expanded when the message is used.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}
@@ -567,8 +587,7 @@
% \msg_kernel_fatal:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_kernel_fatal:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_kernel_fatal:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues kernel \meta{module} error \meta{message}, passing \meta{arg one}
% to \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions. After issuing a
@@ -584,8 +603,7 @@
% \msg_kernel_error:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues kernel \meta{module} error \meta{message}, passing \meta{arg one}
% to
@@ -603,8 +621,7 @@
% \msg_kernel_warning:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_kernel_warning:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_kernel_warning:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues kernel \meta{module} warning \meta{message}, passing
% \meta{arg one} to
@@ -622,8 +639,7 @@
% \msg_kernel_info:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_kernel_info:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one}
-% ~~\Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_kernel_info:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues kernel \meta{module} information \meta{message}, passing
% \meta{arg one} to \meta{arg four} to the text-creating functions.
@@ -636,7 +652,9 @@
% expansion only context. This must be handled internally very
% differently from normal error messages, as none of the tools
% to print to the terminal or the log file are expandable.
-% However, the interface is similar.
+% However, the interface is similar, with the important caveat that the
+% message text and arguments are not expanded, and messages should be
+% very short.
%
% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2011-11-23]
% {
@@ -647,8 +665,7 @@
% \msg_expandable_kernel_error:nn
% }
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_expandable_kernel_error:nnnnnn} \Arg{module} \Arg{message}
-% ~~\Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_expandable_kernel_error:nnnnnn} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Issues an error, passing \meta{arg one} to \meta{arg four}
% to the text-creating functions. The resulting string must
@@ -677,8 +694,7 @@
%
% \begin{function}{\msg_aux_use:nn, \msg_aux_use:nnxxxx}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{msg_aux_use:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message}
-% ~~\Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
+% \cs{msg_aux_use:nnxxxx} \Arg{module} \Arg{message} \Arg{arg one} \Arg{arg two} \Arg{arg three} \Arg{arg four}
% \end{syntax}
% Prints the \meta{message} from \meta{module} in the terminal,
% without formatting.
@@ -733,7 +749,7 @@
% the code here. First, a mechanism for creating message text.
% This is pretty simple, as there is not actually a lot to do.
%
-%\begin{variable}{\c_msg_text_prefix_tl, \c_msg_more_text_prefix_tl}
+% \begin{variable}{\c_msg_text_prefix_tl, \c_msg_more_text_prefix_tl}
% Locations for the text of messages.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_const:Nn \c_msg_text_prefix_tl { msg~text~>~ }
@@ -741,6 +757,18 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP,pTF]{\msg_if_exist:nn}
+% Test whether the control sequence containing the message text exists
+% or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \msg_if_exist:nn #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 }
+ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\chk_if_free_msg:nn}
% This auxiliary is similar to \cs{chk_if_free_cs:N}, and is used when
% defining messages with \cs{msg_new:nnnn}. It could be inlined in
@@ -750,7 +778,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \chk_if_free_msg:nn #1#2
{
- \cs_if_free:cF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 }
+ \msg_if_exist:nnT {#1} {#2}
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-already-defined }
{#1} {#2}
@@ -760,7 +788,7 @@
\tex_ifodd:D \l@expl@log@functions@bool
\cs_gset_protected:Npn \chk_if_free_msg:nn #1#2
{
- \cs_if_free:cF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 }
+ \msg_if_exist:nnT {#1} {#2}
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-already-defined }
{#1} {#2}
@@ -867,12 +895,12 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\msg_line_number:}
-% \begin{macro}{\msg_line_context:}
-% For writing the line number nicely.
+% \begin{macro}{\msg_line_number, \msg_line_context:}
+% For writing the line number nicely. \cs{msg_line_context:} was set up
+% earlier, so this is not \texttt{new}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \msg_line_number: { \int_use:N \tex_inputlineno:D }
-\cs_set_nopar:Npn \msg_line_context:
+\cs_gset_nopar:Npn \msg_line_context:
{
\c_msg_on_line_text_tl
\c_space_tl
@@ -880,116 +908,87 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Showing messages: low level mechanism}
%
-% \begin{variable}{\c_msg_hide_tl}
-% \begin{variable}{\c_msg_hide_tl<dots>}
-% An empty variable with a number of (category code 11) periods at the
-% end of its name. This is used to push the \TeX{} part of an error
-% message \enquote{off the screen}. Using two variables here means that
-% later life is a little easier.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\char_set_catcode_letter:N \.
-\tl_new:N
- \c_msg_hide_tl..........................................................
-\tl_const:Nn \c_msg_hide_tl
- { \c_msg_hide_tl.......................................................... }
-\char_set_catcode_other:N \.
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_msg_text_tl}
-% For wrapping message text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \l_msg_text_tl
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{variable}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\msg_interrupt:xxx}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_no_details:xx}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_details:xxx}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_text:n}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_more_text:n}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_aux:}
-% The low-level interruption macro is rather opaque, unfortunately. The
-% idea here is to create a a message which hides all of \TeX{}'s own
-% information by filling the output up with dots. To achieve this,
-% dots have to be letters. The odd
-% \cs{c_msg_hide_tl<dots>} actually does the hiding: it is the
-% large run of dots in the name that is important here. The meaning
-% of |\\| is altered so that the explanation text is a simple run
-% whilst the initial error has line-continuation shown.
+% The low-level interruption macro is rather opaque, unfortunately.
+% Depending on the availability of more information there is a choice
+% of how to set up the further help. We feed the extra help text and
+% the message itself to a wrapping auxiliary, in this order because we
+% must first setup \TeX{}'s \tn{errhelp} register before issuing an
+% \tn{errmessage}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt:xxx #1#2#3
{
- \group_begin:
- \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
- { \msg_interrupt_no_details:xx {#1} {#2} }
- { \msg_interrupt_details:xxx {#1} {#2} {#3} }
- \msg_interrupt_aux:
- \group_end:
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
+ {
+ \msg_interrupt_wrap:xx { \\ \c_msg_no_info_text_tl }
+ {#1 \\\\ #2 \\\\ \c_msg_continue_text_tl }
+ }
+ {
+ \msg_interrupt_wrap:xx { \\ #3 }
+ {#1 \\\\ #2 \\\\ \c_msg_help_text_tl }
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Depending on the availability of more information there is a choice of
-% how to set up the further help. The extra help text has to be set
-% before the message itself can be issued. Everything is done using
-% \texttt{x}-type expansion as the new line markers are different for
-% the two type of text and need to be correctly set up.
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_wrap:xx}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_more_text:n}
+% First setup \TeX{}'s \tn{errhelp} register with the extra help |#1|,
+% then build a nice-looking error message with |#2|. Everything is
+% done using \texttt{x}-type expansion as the new line markers are
+% different for the two type of text and need to be correctly set up.
+% The auxiliary \cs{msg_interrupt_more_text:n} recieves its argument
+% as a line-wrapped string, which is thus unaffected by expansion.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_no_details:xx #1#2
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_wrap:xx #1#2
{
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN
- { \\ \c_msg_no_info_text_tl }
- { |~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_more_text:n
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN { #1 \\ \\ #2 \\ \\ \c_msg_continue_text_tl }
- { ! ~ } { 2 } {} \msg_interrupt_text:n
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_details:xxx #1#2#3
- {
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN
- { \\ #3 }
- { |~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_more_text:n
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN { #1 \\ \\ #2 \\ \\ \c_msg_help_text_tl }
- { ! ~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_text:n
+ \iow_wrap:xnnnN {#1} { | ~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_more_text:n
+ \iow_wrap:xnnnN {#2} { ! ~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_text:n
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_text:n #1
- { \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_text_tl {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_more_text:n #1
{
-%<*initex>
- \tl_set:Nx \l_msg_internal_tl
-%</initex>
-%<*package>
- \protected@edef \l_msg_internal_tl
-%</package>
- {
- |'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''
- #1
- \msg_newline:
- |...............................................
- }
- \tex_errhelp:D \exp_after:wN { \l_msg_internal_tl }
+ \exp_args:Nx \tex_errhelp:D
+ {
+ |'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''
+ #1 \iow_newline:
+ |...............................................
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_interrupt_text:n}
+% \begin{variable}{\c_msg_hide_tl<dots>}
% The business end of the process starts by producing some visual
-% separation of the message from the main part of the log. It then
-% adds the hiding text to the message to print. The error message needs
-% to be printed with everything made \enquote{invisible}: this is where
-% the strange business with |&| comes in: this is made into another
-% |!|. There is also a closing brace that will show up in the output,
-% which is turned into a blank space.
+% separation of the message from the main part of the log. The error
+% message needs to be printed with everything made
+% \enquote{invisible}: \TeX{}'s own information involves the macro in
+% which \tn{errmessage} is called, and the end of the argument of the
+% \tn{errmessage}, including the closing brace. We use an active |!|
+% to call the \tn{errmessage} primitive, and end its argument with an
+% odd \cs{c_msg_hide_tl<dots>} which fills the output with dots. The
+% trailing closing brace is turned into a space to hide it as well.
+% The group in which we alter the definition of the active |!| is
+% closed before producing the message: this ensures that tokens
+% inserted by typing |I| in the command-line will bee inserted after
+% the message is entirely cleaned up.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\group_begin: % {
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_lccode:nn {`\{} {`\ }
\char_set_lccode:nn {`\}} {`\ }
\char_set_lccode:nn {`\&} {`\!}
\char_set_catcode_active:N \&
+ \char_set_catcode_letter:N \.
+ \tl_new:N
+ \c_msg_hide_tl............................................
\tl_to_lowercase:n
{
\group_end:
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_aux:
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_text:n #1
{
\iow_term:x
{
@@ -998,18 +997,22 @@
\iow_newline:
!
}
- \tl_put_right:No \l_msg_text_tl { \c_msg_hide_tl }
- \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx &
- { \tex_errmessage:D { \exp_not:o { \l_msg_text_tl } } }
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn &
+ {
+ \tex_errmessage:D
+ {
+ #1
+ \c_msg_hide_tl............................................
+ }
+ }
+ \exp_after:wN
+ \group_end:
&
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{variable}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\msg_log:x}
@@ -1034,11 +1037,12 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Displaying messages}
%
% \LaTeX{} is handling error messages and so the \TeX{} ones are disabled.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\int_set:Nn \tex_errorcontextlines:D { -1 }
+\int_gset:Nn \tex_errorcontextlines:D { -1 }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}
@@ -1068,15 +1072,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_msg_redirect_classes_prop, \l_msg_redirect_names_prop}
-% For filtering messages, a list of all messages and of those which have
-% to be modified is required.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_prop
-\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_names_prop
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\msg_class_set:nn}
% Setting up a message class does two tasks. Any existing redirection
% is cleared, and the various message functions are created
@@ -1103,6 +1098,7 @@
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_no_more_text:xxxx}
% A test to see if any more text is available, using a
% permanently-empty text function.
+% ^^A It would be more efficient to not define the more-text when absent.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \msg_if_more_text:N #1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
@@ -1278,102 +1274,117 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{variable}
-% {
-% \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq ,
-% \l_msg_class_tl ,
-% \l_msg_current_class_tl ,
-% \l_msg_current_module_tl
-% }
+% \begin{variable}{\l_msg_class_tl, \l_msg_current_class_tl}
% Support variables needed for the redirection system.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\seq_new:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq
\tl_new:N \l_msg_class_tl
\tl_new:N \l_msg_current_class_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_msg_current_module_tl
% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_msg_redirect_classes_prop, \l_msg_redirect_names_prop}
+% For filtering messages, a list of all messages and of those which have
+% to be modified is required.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_prop
+\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_names_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_msg_redirect_prop}
+% For redirection of individually-named messages
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_msg_use_direct_bool}
+% Used to force redirection when a name is given directly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \l_msg_use_direct_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\msg_use:nnnnxxxx}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_aux:nnn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_aux:nn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_loop_check:nn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_code:}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_loop:n, \msg_use_loop:o}
-% The main message-using macro creates two auxiliary functions: one
-% containing the code for the message, and the second a loop function.
-% There is then a hand-off to the system for checking if redirection is
-% needed.
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_code:, \msg_use_or_change_class:}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_aux_i:nn, \msg_use_aux_ii:nn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_aux_iii:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_aux_iv:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_use_aux_v:}
+% Actually using a message is a multi-step process. First, some safety
+% checks on the message and class requested. The code and arguments are
+% then stored to avoid passing them around.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use:nnnnxxxx #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
{
- \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx \msg_use_code:
- {
- \seq_clear:N \exp_not:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq
- \exp_not:n {#2}
- }
- \cs_set_protected:Npx \msg_use_loop:n ##1
+ \msg_if_exist:nnTF {#3} {#4}
{
- \seq_if_in:NnTF \exp_not:n \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq {#1}
- { \msg_kernel_error:nn { msg } { message-loop } {#1} }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #1 :nnxxxx }
{
- \seq_put_right:Nn \exp_not:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq {#1}
- \exp_not:N \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ ##1 :nnxxxx }
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx \msg_use_code: { \exp_not:n {#2} }
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_or_change_class:
{
- \exp_not:N \use:c { msg_ ##1 :nnxxxx }
- \exp_not:n { {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} }
+ \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_current_class_tl \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \msg_use_code: }
+ {
+ \use:c { msg_ \l_msg_class_tl :nnxxxx }
+ {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8}
+ }
}
+ \bool_if:NTF \l_msg_use_direct_bool
{
- \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {##1}
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_msg_use_direct_bool
+ \msg_use_code:
}
+ { \msg_use_aux_i:nn {#3} {#4} }
}
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#1} }
}
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #3 / #4 }
- { \msg_use_aux:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4} }
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-unknown } {#3} {#4} }
}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_code: { }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_or_change_class: { }
% \end{macrocode}
-% The first auxiliary macro looks for a match by name: the most
-% restrictive check.
+% The first check is for a individual message redirection. If this applies
+% then no further redirection is attempted.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux:nnn #1#2#3
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux_i:nn #1#2
{
- \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
- \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_module_tl {#2}
- \prop_if_in:NnTF \l_msg_redirect_names_prop { // #2 / #3 / }
- { \msg_use_loop_check:nn { names } { // #2 / #3 / } }
- { \msg_use_aux:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \prop_get:NnNTF \l_msg_redirect_prop { #1 / #2 } \l_msg_class_tl
+ {
+ \bool_set_true:N \l_msg_use_direct_bool
+ \msg_use_or_change_class:
+ }
+ { \msg_use_aux_ii:nn {#1} {#2} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% The second function checks for general matches by module or for
-% all modules.
+% Next check if there is a redirection by module or by submodule.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux:nn #1#2
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux_ii:nn #1#2
{
- \prop_if_in:cnTF { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } {#2}
- { \msg_use_loop_check:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \prop_get:coNTF { l_msg_redirect_ \l_msg_current_class_tl _ prop }
+ { \msg_use_aux_iii:w #1 / #2 / \q_stop } \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \msg_use_or_change_class: }
{
- \prop_if_in:cnTF { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } { * }
- { \msg_use_loop_check:nn {#1} { * } }
- { \msg_use_code: }
+ \prop_get:coNTF { l_msg_redirect_ \l_msg_current_class_tl _ prop }
+ { \msg_use_aux_iv:w #1 / #2 \q_stop } \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \msg_use_or_change_class: }
+ { \msg_use_aux_v: }
}
}
+\cs_new:Npn \msg_use_aux_iii:w #1 / #2 / #3 \q_stop { #1 / #2 }
+\cs_new:Npn \msg_use_aux_iv:w #1 / #2 \q_stop { #1 }
% \end{macrocode}
-% When checking whether to loop, the same code is needed in a few
-% places.
+% Finally test for redirection of an entire class.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_loop_check:nn #1#2
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux_v:
{
- \prop_get:cnN { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } {#2} \l_msg_class_tl
- \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_current_class_tl \l_msg_class_tl
- {
- { \msg_use_code: }
- { \msg_use_loop:o \l_msg_class_tl }
- }
+ \prop_get:cnNF { l_msg_redirect_ \l_msg_current_class_tl _ prop }
+ { * } \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \tl_set_eq:NN \l_msg_class_tl \l_msg_current_class_tl }
+ \msg_use_or_change_class:
}
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_code: { }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_loop:n #1 { }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_use_loop:n { o }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1383,26 +1394,80 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\msg_redirect_class:nn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn, \msg_redirect_class_aux:nVn}
% Converts class one into class two.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_class:nn #1#2
- { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } { * } {#2} }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #1 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #2 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
+ \msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn {#1} {#2} {#2}
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#2} }
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { l_msg_redirect_ #2 _prop } { * } \l_msg_class_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_class_tl \l_msg_current_class_tl
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-loop } {#1} {#3} }
+ { \msg_redirect_class_aux:nVn {#1} \l_msg_class_tl {#3} }
+ }
+ { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } { * } {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn { nV }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\msg_redirect_module:nnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]
+% {\msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn, \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnVn}
% For when all messages of a class should be altered for a given module.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_module:nnn #1#2#3
- { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #2 _prop } {#1} {#3} }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #2 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #3 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
+ \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#3}
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#3} }
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { l_msg_redirect_ #3 _prop } {#1} \l_msg_class_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_class_tl \l_msg_current_class_tl
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-loop } {#2} {#4} }
+ { \msg_redirect_moduel_aux:nVn {#1} {#2} \l_msg_class_tl {#4} }
+ }
+ { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #2 _prop } {#1} {#4} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn { nnV }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\msg_redirect_name:nnn}
-% Named message will always use the given class.
+% Named message will always use the given class even if that class is
+% redirected further.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_name:nnn #1#2#3
- { \prop_put:Nnn \l_msg_redirect_names_prop { // #1 / #2 / } {#3} }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #3 :nnxxxx }
+ { \prop_put:Nnn \l_msg_redirect_prop { #1 / #2 } {#3} }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#3} }
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1469,7 +1534,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\msg_kernel_error:nnxx}
% \begin{macro}{\msg_kernel_error:nnx}
% \begin{macro}{\msg_kernel_error:nn}
-% Neither can kernel errors.
+% Neither can kernel errors.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx #1#2#3#4#5#6
{
@@ -1500,11 +1565,11 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxxx #1#2#3#4#5
{\msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} { } }
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxx #1#2#3#4
+\cs_gset_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxx #1#2#3#4
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} { } { } }
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnx #1#2#3
+\cs_gset_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnx #1#2#3
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} {#3} { } { } { } }
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nn #1#2
+\cs_gset_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nn #1#2
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} { } { } { } { } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1690,6 +1755,8 @@
{ Zero~step~size~for~stepwise~function~#1. }
\msg_kernel_new:nnn { prg } { replicate-neg }
{ Negative~argument~for~\prg_replicate:nn. }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnn { kernel } { unknown-comparison }
+ { Relation~symbol~'#1'~unknown:~use~=,~<,~>,~==,~!=,~<=,~>=. }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Messages used by the \enquote{\texttt{show}} functions.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
index dc6ff4ba9b6..13d403f4633 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*package>
\RequirePackage{l3bootstrap}[2011-12-29]
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3names.dtx 3113 2011-12-30 09:05:11Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3names.dtx 3494 2012-03-04 09:58:29Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental namespace for primitives}
%</package>
%<*driver>
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@
\name_primitive:NN \savingvdiscards \etex_savingvdiscards:D
\name_primitive:NN \pagediscards \etex_pagediscards:D
\name_primitive:NN \splitdiscards \etex_splitdiscards:D
- \name_primitive:NN \TeXXETstate \etex_TeXXETstate:D
+ \name_primitive:NN \TeXXeTstate \etex_TeXXeTstate:D
\name_primitive:NN \beginL \etex_beginL:D
\name_primitive:NN \endL \etex_endL:D
\name_primitive:NN \beginR \etex_beginR:D
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
index 9b3ad6dae1c..88f53e59759 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 3464 2012-02-26 15:30:29Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental control structures}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -224,9 +224,9 @@
% logical operations And, Or, Not, \emph{etc.}\ which can then be used on
% both the boolean type and predicate functions.
%
-% All conditional |\bool_| functions are expandable and expect the
-% input to also be fully expandable (which will generally mean being
-% constructed from predicate functions, possibly nested).
+% All conditional |\bool_| functions except assignments are expandable
+% and expect the input to also be fully expandable (which will generally
+% mean being constructed from predicate functions, possibly nested).
%
% \begin{function}{\bool_new:N, \bool_new:c}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -304,6 +304,16 @@
% terminal.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\bool_if_exist:N, \bool_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{bool_if_exist_p:N} \meta{boolean}
+% \cs{bool_if_exist:NTF} \meta{boolean} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{boolean} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{boolean} really is a boolean variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \begin{variable}{\l_tmpa_bool}
% A scratch boolean for local assignment. It is never used by
% the kernel code, and so is safe for use with any \LaTeX3-defined
@@ -903,7 +913,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \bool_show:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
+ \bool_if_exist:NTF #1
{ \bool_show:n {#1} }
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
@@ -928,6 +938,20 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\bool_if_exist:N, \bool_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Boolean expressions}
%
% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\bool_if:n}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
index 177d467a0b7..b90ff41e63a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental property lists}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -235,6 +235,16 @@
%
% \section{Property list conditionals}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\prop_if_exist:N, \prop_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{prop_if_exist_p:N} \meta{property list}
+% \cs{prop_if_exist:NTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{property list} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{property list} really is a property list variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\prop_if_empty:N, \prop_if_empty:c}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{prop_if_empty_p:N} \meta{property list}
@@ -402,9 +412,17 @@
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{prop_map_tokens:Nn} \meta{property list} \Arg{code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Analogue of \cs{prop_map_function:NN} which maps several tokens instead
-% of a single function. Useful in particular when mapping through a
-% property list while keeping track of a given key.
+% Analogue of \cs{prop_map_function:NN} which maps several tokens
+% instead of a single function. The \meta{code} receives each
+% key--value pair in the \meta{property list} as two trailing brace
+% groups. For instance,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \prop_map_tokens:Nn \l_my_prop { \str_if_eq:nnT { mykey } }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% will expand to the value corresponding to \texttt{mykey}: for each
+% pair in \cs{l_my_prop} the function \cs{str_if_eq:nnT} receives
+% \texttt{mykey}, the \meta{key} and the \meta{value} as its three
+% arguments. For that specific task, \cs{prop_get:Nn} is faster.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-01-08,EXP]{\prop_get:Nn, \prop_get:cn}
@@ -546,10 +564,10 @@
% Once again a simple copy from the token list functions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_clear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_clear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
+ { \prop_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_clear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_clear_new:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_gclear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_gclear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
+ { \prop_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_gclear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gclear_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -799,6 +817,20 @@
%
% \subsection{Property list conditionals}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\prop_if_exist:N, \prop_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\prop_if_empty:N, \prop_if_empty:c}
% The test here uses \cs{c_empty_prop} as it is not really empty!
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
index 6d1e8c71991..d8dd80c75ed 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 3158 2012-01-09 00:47:42Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental sequences and stacks}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -144,6 +144,16 @@
% \meta{sequence2} will be placed at the left side of the new sequence.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\seq_if_exist:N, \seq_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{seq_if_exist_p:N} \meta{sequence}
+% \cs{seq_if_exist:NTF} \meta{sequence} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{sequence} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{sequence} really is a sequence variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Appending data to sequences}
%
% \begin{function}{
@@ -922,6 +932,20 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\seq_if_exist:N, \seq_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Appending data to either end}
%
% \begin{macro}{
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
index 1110130bc13..9bb1fa1eadc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 3499 2012-03-05 16:08:55Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental dimensions and skips}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -89,6 +89,15 @@
% will initially be equal to $0$\,pt.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2012-03-05]{\dim_const:Nn, \dim_const:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{dim_const:Nn} \meta{dimension} \Arg{dimension expression}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates a new constant \meta{dimension} or raises an error if the
+% name is already taken. The value of the \meta{dimension} will be set
+% globally to the \meta{dimension expression}.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \begin{function}{\dim_zero:N, \dim_zero:c, \dim_gzero:N, \dim_gzero:c}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{dim_zero:N} \meta{dimension}
@@ -106,6 +115,15 @@
% the \meta{dimension} set to zero.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]{\dim_if_exist:N, \dim_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{dim_if_exist_p:N} \meta{dimension}
+% \cs{dim_if_exist:NTF} \meta{dimension} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{dimension} is currently defined. This does
+% not check that the \meta{dimension} really is a dimension variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Setting \texttt{dim} variables}
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-10-22]
@@ -426,6 +444,15 @@
% will initially be equal to $0$\,pt.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2012-03-05]{\skip_const:Nn, \skip_const:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{skip_const:Nn} \meta{skip} \Arg{skip expression}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates a new constant \meta{skip} or raises an error if the
+% name is already taken. The value of the \meta{skip} will be set
+% globally to the \meta{skip expression}.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \begin{function}{\skip_zero:N, \skip_zero:c, \skip_gzero:N, \skip_gzero:c}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{skip_zero:N} \meta{skip}
@@ -443,6 +470,16 @@
% the \meta{skip} set to zero.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\skip_if_exist:N, \skip_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{skip_if_exist_p:N} \meta{skip}
+% \cs{skip_if_exist:NTF} \meta{skip} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{skip} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{skip} really is a skip variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Setting \texttt{skip} variables}
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-10-22]
@@ -486,21 +523,21 @@
%
% \section{Skip expression conditionals}
%
-% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\skip_if_eq:nn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{skip_if_eq_p:nn} \Arg{skipexpr_1} \Arg{skipexpr_2}
-% \cs{dim_compare:nTF}
-% ~~\Arg{skip expr1} \Arg{skip expr2}
-% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
-% \end{syntax}
-% This function first evaluates each of the
-% \meta{skip expressions} as described for \cs{skip_eval:n}.
-% The two results are then compared for exact equality,
-% \emph{i.e.}~both the fixed and rubber components must be the same
-% for the test to be true.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\skip_if_infinite_glue:n}
+% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\skip_if_eq:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{skip_if_eq_p:nn} \Arg{skipexpr_1} \Arg{skipexpr_2}
+% \cs{dim_compare:nTF}
+% ~~\Arg{skip expr1} \Arg{skip expr2}
+% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function first evaluates each of the
+% \meta{skip expressions} as described for \cs{skip_eval:n}.
+% The two results are then compared for exact equality,
+% \emph{i.e.}~both the fixed and rubber components must be the same
+% for the test to be true.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, updated = 2012-03-05]{\skip_if_infinite_glue:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{skip_if_infinite_glue_p:n} \Arg{skipexpr}
% \cs{skip_if_infinite_glue:nTF} \Arg{skipexpr} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
@@ -510,6 +547,15 @@
% component (or both).
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added = 2012-03-05]{\skip_if_finite:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{skip_if_finite_p:n} \Arg{skipexpr}
+% \cs{skip_if_finite:nTF} \Arg{skipexpr} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Evaluates the \meta{skip expression} as described for \cs{skip_eval:n},
+% and then tests if all of its components are finite.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Using \texttt{skip} expressions and variables}
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-10-22, EXP]{\skip_eval:n}
@@ -596,6 +642,15 @@
% will initially be equal to $0$\,mu.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2012-03-05]{\muskip_const:Nn, \muskip_const:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{muskip_const:Nn} \meta{muskip} \Arg{muskip expression}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates a new constant \meta{muskip} or raises an error if the
+% name is already taken. The value of the \meta{muskip} will be set
+% globally to the \meta{muskip expression}.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \begin{function}
% {\muskip_zero:N, \muskip_zero:c, \muskip_gzero:N, \muskip_gzero:c}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -617,6 +672,16 @@
% to leave the \meta{muskip} set to zero.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]
+% {\muskip_if_exist:N, \muskip_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{muskip_if_exist_p:N} \meta{muskip}
+% \cs{muskip_if_exist:NTF} \meta{muskip} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{muskip} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{muskip} really is a muskip variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Setting \texttt{muskip} variables}
%
% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-10-22]
@@ -857,6 +922,19 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\dim_const:Nn, \dim_const:cn}
+% Contrarily to integer constants, we cannot avoid using a register,
+% even for constants.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_const:Nn #1
+ {
+ \dim_new:N #1
+ \dim_gset:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_const:Nn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\dim_zero:N, \dim_zero:c}
% \begin{macro}{\dim_gzero:N, \dim_gzero:c}
% Reset the register to zero.
@@ -874,14 +952,28 @@
% Create a register if needed, otherwise clear it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_zero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
+ { \dim_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_zero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_gzero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
+ { \dim_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_gzero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_gzero_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\dim_if_exist:N, \dim_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Setting \texttt{dim} variables}
%
% \begin{macro}{\dim_set:Nn, \dim_set:cn}
@@ -1002,6 +1094,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\dim_compare_p:nNn}
% \begin{macro}[TF]{\dim_compare:nNn}
+% Simple comparison.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \dim_compare:nNn #1#2#3 { p , T , F , TF }
{
@@ -1012,116 +1105,63 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\dim_compare:n}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_aux:wNN}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_<:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_=:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_>:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_==:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_<=:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_!=:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\dim_compare_>=:nw}
-% [This code plus comments are adapted from the \cs{int_compare:nTF}
-% function.]
-% Comparison tests using a simple syntax where only one set of braces
-% is required and additional operators such as |!=| and |>=| are
-% supported. First some notes on the idea behind this. We wish to
-% support writing code like
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \dim_compare_p:n { 5mm + \l_tmpa_dim >= 4pt - \l_tmpb_dim }
-% \end{verbatim}
-% In other words, we want to somehow add the missing |\dim_eval:w|
-% where required. We can start evaluating from the left using
-% |\dim_use:N \dim_eval:w|, and we know that since the relation
-% symbols |<|, |>|, |=| and |!| are not allowed in such expressions,
-% they will terminate the expression. Therefore, we first let \TeX{}
-% evaluate this left hand side of the (in)equality.
-%
-% Eventually, we will convert the relation symbol to the appropriate
-% version of \cs{if_dim:w}, and add \cs{dim_eval:w} after it. We
-% optimize by placing the end-code already here: this avoids needless
-% grabbing of arguments later.
+% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]{\dim_compare:n}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\dim_compare_aux:w, \dim_compare_aux:NNw}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
+% {
+% \dim_compare_=:NNw,
+% \dim_compare_<:NNw,
+% \dim_compare_>:NNw,
+% \dim_compare_==:NNw,
+% \dim_compare_!=:NNw,
+% \dim_compare_<=:NNw,
+% \dim_compare_>=:NNw
+% }
+% This code is adapted from the \cs{int_compare:nTF} function. First
+% evaluate the left-hand side. Then access the relation symbol by
+% grabbing until \texttt{pt} (with category other), and pursue
+% otherwise just as for \cs{int_compare:nTF}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \dim_compare:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
- \exp_after:wN \dim_compare_aux:wNN \dim_use:N \dim_eval:w #1
- \dim_eval_end:
+ \exp_after:wN \dim_compare_aux:w \dim_use:N \dim_eval:w #1
+ \kernel_compare_error: \dim_eval_end:
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Contrarily to the case of integers, where we have to remove the
-% result in order to access the relation, \cs{dim_use:N} nicely
-% produces a result which ends in |pt|. We can thus use a delimited
-% argument to find the relation. \cs{tl_to_str:n} is needed to
-% convert |pt| to \enquote{other} characters.
-%
-% The relation might be one character, |#2|, or two characters |#2#3|.
-% We support the following forms: |=|, |<|, |>| and the extended |!=|,
-% |==|, |<=| and |>=|. All the extended forms have an extra |=| so we
-% check if that is present as well. Then use specific function to
-% perform the (unbalanced) test.
-% \begin{macrocode}
\exp_args:Nno \use:nn
- { \cs_new:Npn \dim_compare_aux:wNN #1 }
+ { \cs_new:Npn \dim_compare_aux:w #1 }
{ \tl_to_str:n { pt } }
- #2 #3
- {
- \use:c
- {
- dim_compare_ #2
- \if_meaning:w = #3 = \fi:
- :nw
- }
- { #1 pt } #3
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Here, \cs{dim_eval:w} will begin the right hand side of a dimension
-% comparison (with \cs{if_dim:w}), closed cleanly by the trailing tokens
-% we put in the definition of \cs{dim_compare:n}.
-%
-% The actual comparisons take as a first argument the left-hand side
-% of the comparison (a length). In the case of normal comparisons,
-% just place the relevant \cs{if_dim:w}, with a trailing \cs{dim_eval:w}
-% to evaluate the right hand side. For extended comparisons, remove
-% the trailing |=| that we left, before evaluating with \cs{dim_eval:w}.
-% In both cases, the expansion of \cs{dim_eval:w} is stopped properly,
-% and the conditional ended correctly by the tokens we put in the
-% definition of \cs{dim_compare:n}.
-%
-% Equal, less than and greater than are straighforward.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_<:nw } #1 { \if_dim:w #1 < \dim_eval:w }
-\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_=:nw } #1 { \if_dim:w #1 = \dim_eval:w }
-\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_>:nw } #1 { \if_dim:w #1 > \dim_eval:w }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For the extended syntax |==|, we remove |#2|, trailing |=| sign,
-% and otherwise act as for |=|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_==:nw} #1#2 { \if_dim:w #1 = \dim_eval:w }
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Not equal, greater than or equal, less than or equal follow the
-% same scheme as the extended equality syntax, with an additional
-% \cs{reverse_if:N} to get the opposite of their \enquote{simple}
-% analog.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_<=:nw} #1#2 {\reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #1 > \dim_eval:w}
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_!=:nw} #1#2 {\reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #1 = \dim_eval:w}
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_>=:nw} #1#2 {\reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #1 < \dim_eval:w}
+ #2 \kernel_compare_error:
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \dim_compare_aux:NNw #2 ?? \q_mark
+ #1 pt #2
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \dim_compare_aux:NNw #1#2#3 \q_mark
+ {
+ \use:c { dim_compare_ #1 \if_meaning:w = #2 = \fi: :NNw }
+ \kernel_compare_error:Nw #1
+ }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_=:NNw } #1#2#3 =
+ { \if_dim:w #3 = \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_<:NNw } #1#2#3 <
+ { \if_dim:w #3 < \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_>:NNw } #1#2#3 >
+ { \if_dim:w #3 > \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_==:NNw } #1#2#3 ==
+ { \if_dim:w #3 = \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_!=:NNw } #1#2#3 !=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #3 = \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_<=:NNw } #1#2#3 <=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #3 > \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_>=:NNw } #1#2#3 >=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #3 < \dim_eval:w }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Dimension expression loops}
%
@@ -1328,6 +1368,19 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\skip_const:Nn, \skip_const:cn}
+% Contrarily to integer constants, we cannot avoid using a register,
+% even for constants.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_const:Nn #1
+ {
+ \skip_new:N #1
+ \skip_gset:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_const:Nn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\skip_zero:N, \skip_zero:c}
% \begin{macro}{\skip_gzero:N, \skip_gzero:c}
% Reset the register to zero.
@@ -1345,14 +1398,28 @@
% Create a register if needed, otherwise clear it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_zero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \skip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_zero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_gzero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \skip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_gzero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_gzero_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\skip_if_exist:N, \skip_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Setting \texttt{skip} variables}
%
% \begin{macro}{\skip_set:Nn, \skip_set:cn}
@@ -1425,27 +1492,38 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\skip_if_infinite_glue:n}
-% With \eTeX{} we all of a sudden get access to a lot information we
-% should otherwise consider ourselves lucky to get. One is
-% the stretch and shrink components of a skip register and the order
-% or those components. cs{skip_if_infinite_glue:nTF} tests it directly by
-% looking at the stretch and shrink order. If either of the predicate
-% functions return \meta{true}, |\bool_if:nTF| will return \meta{true}
-% and the logic test will take the true branch.
+% \begin{macro}[EXP,pTF]{\skip_if_finite:n}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\skip_if_finite_aux:wwNw}
+% With \eTeX{}, we have an easy access to the order of infinities of
+% the stretch and shrink components of a skip. However, to access
+% both, we either need to evaluate the expression twice, or evaluate
+% it, then call an auxiliary to extract both pieces of information
+% from the result. Since we are going to need an auxiliary anyways,
+% it is quicker to make it search for the string \texttt{fil} which
+% characterizes infinite glue.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \skip_if_infinite_glue:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1
{
- \bool_if:nTF
+ \prg_new_conditional:Npnn \skip_if_finite:n ##1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
- \int_compare_p:nNn { \etex_gluestretchorder:D #1 } > \c_zero ||
- \int_compare_p:nNn { \etex_glueshrinkorder:D #1 } > \c_zero
+ \exp_after:wN \skip_if_finite_aux:wwNw
+ \skip_use:N \etex_glueexpr:D ##1 ; \prg_return_false:
+ #1 ; \prg_return_true: \q_stop
}
- { \prg_return_true: }
- { \prg_return_false: }
- }
+ \cs_new:Npn \skip_if_finite_aux:wwNw ##1 #1 ##2 ; ##3 ##4 \q_stop {##3}
+ }
+\exp_args:No \cs_tmp:w { \tl_to_str:n { fil } }
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP, pTF]{\skip_if_infinite_glue:n}
+% Reverse of \cs{skip_if_finite:nTF}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \skip_if_infinite_glue:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ { \skip_if_finite:nTF {#1} \prg_return_false: \prg_return_true: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Using \texttt{skip} expressions and variables}
%
@@ -1545,6 +1623,19 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\muskip_const:Nn, \muskip_const:cn}
+% Contrarily to integer constants, we cannot avoid using a register,
+% even for constants.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_const:Nn #1
+ {
+ \muskip_new:N #1
+ \muskip_gset:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_const:Nn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\muskip_zero:N, \muskip_zero:c}
% \begin{macro}{\muskip_gzero:N, \muskip_gzero:c}
% Reset the register to zero.
@@ -1566,14 +1657,28 @@
% Create a register if needed, otherwise clear it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_zero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \muskip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_zero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_gzero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \muskip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_gzero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_gzero_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\muskip_if_exist:N, \muskip_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Setting \texttt{muskip} variables}
%
% \begin{macro}{\muskip_set:Nn, \muskip_set:cn}
@@ -1681,16 +1786,16 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \skip_split_finite_else_action:nnNN #1#2#3#4
{
- \skip_if_infinite_glue:nTF {#1}
- {
- #3 = \c_zero_skip
- #4 = \c_zero_skip
- #2
- }
- {
- #3 = \etex_gluestretch:D #1 \scan_stop:
- #4 = \etex_glueshrink:D #1 \scan_stop:
- }
+ \skip_if_finite:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ #3 = \etex_gluestretch:D #1 \scan_stop:
+ #4 = \etex_glueshrink:D #1 \scan_stop:
+ }
+ {
+ #3 = \c_zero_skip
+ #4 = \c_zero_skip
+ #2
+ }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
index 9fa0a297d51..51fcddc242e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental token lists}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -154,6 +154,15 @@
% \meta{tl~var2}.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[EXP, pTF, added=2012-03-03]{\tl_if_exist:N, \tl_if_exist:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{tl_if_exist_p:N} \meta{tl~var}
+% \cs{tl_if_exist:NTF} \meta{tl~var} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests whether the \meta{tl~var} is currently defined. This does not
+% check that the \meta{tl~var} really is a token list variable.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Adding data to token list variables}
%
% \begin{function}
@@ -1100,9 +1109,9 @@
% Error checking will be sorted out by the parent function.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_clear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_clear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
+ { \tl_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_clear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_gclear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_gclear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
+ { \tl_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_gclear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_clear_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gclear_new:N { c }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1125,6 +1134,20 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\tl_if_exist:N, \tl_if_exist:c}
+% Copies of the \texttt{cs} functions defined in \pkg{l3basics}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Adding to token list variables}
%
% \begin{macro}
@@ -1787,7 +1810,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \tl_use:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 {#1}
+ \tl_if_exist:NTF #1 {#1}
{ \msg_expandable_kernel_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-var } {#1} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_use:N { c }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
index 151901bd2dd..b811e4a168a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 3491 2012-03-04 06:13:18Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental token manipulation}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@
}
\cs_set:Npn \peek_def_aux:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5
{
- \cs_gset_nopar:cpx { #1 #5 }
+ \cs_new_nopar:cpx { #1 #5 }
{
\tl_if_empty:nF {#2}
{ \exp_not:n { \cs_set_eq:NN \peek_execute_branches: #2 } }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tree.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tree.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 27e5b7e5d44..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tree.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,595 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse
-%
-%% File l3tree.dtx (C) Copyright 2012 The LaTeX3 Project
-%%
-%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
-%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
-%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-%% of this license is in the file
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% This file is part of the "l3trial bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
-%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
-%%
-%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
-%%
-%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
-%%
-%% for those people who are interested.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% NOTE: %%
-%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
-%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
-%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
-%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team.
-%%
-%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%
-%<*driver|package>
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tree.dtx 3177 2012-01-11 02:11:43Z bruno $
- {L3 Experimental tree manipulations}
-%</driver|package>
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
-\usepackage{amsmath}
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{\jobname.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \title{^^A
-% The \pkg{l3tree} package\\ Trees^^A
-% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion,
-% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A
-% }
-%
-% \author{^^A
-% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
-% {^^A
-% E-mail:
-% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}
-% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
-% }^^A
-% }
-%
-% \date{Released \ExplFileDate}
-%
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \begin{documentation}
-%
-% \section{\pkg{l3tree} documentation}
-%
-% \LaTeX3 comes with a tree data-type, whose keys are integers.
-% ^^A Currently, we only support binary trees, but that will probably
-% ^^A be extended as the need arises.
-%
-% A tree is a box containing
-%
-% \begin{function}{\tree_new:N, \tree_new:c}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{tree_new:N} \meta{tree}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Creates a new tree, with no node.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}{\tree_put:Nn, \tree_put:cn, \tree_gput:Nn, \tree_gput:cn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{tree_put:Nn} \meta{tree} \Arg{integer expression}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Evaluates the \meta{integer expression}, and puts the
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \end{documentation}
-%
-% \begin{implementation}
-%
-% \section{\pkg{l3tree} implementation}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*initex|package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\ProvidesExplPackage
- {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
-\package_check_loaded_expl:
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Variables}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_index_int}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\int_new:N \l_tree_index_int
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_item_box}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\box_new:N \l_tree_item_box
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_left_box,\l_tree_right_box}
-% During the splaying step, these two boxes hold the left and right
-% children of the node which we splay.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\box_new:N \l_tree_left_box
-\box_new:N \l_tree_right_box
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_first_box, \l_tree_second_box}
-% Temporary variables holding subtrees of the full tree
-% in various circumstances.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\box_new:N \l_tree_first_box
-\box_new:N \l_tree_second_box
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_parent_box, \l_tree_grandpa_box}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\box_new:N \l_tree_parent_box
-\box_new:N \l_tree_grandpa_box
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\c_one_sp_dim}
-% Smallest dimension that \TeX{} recognizes. When implicitly
-% converting from integers to dimensions, this is the conversion
-% factor.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\dim_new:N \c_one_sp_dim
-\dim_set:Nn \c_one_sp_dim { 1 sp }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_parent_dim,\l_tree_grandpa_dim}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\dim_new:N \l_tree_parent_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_tree_grandpa_dim
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\g_tree_result_seq}
-% When extracting keys from a tree, the result is temporarily stored
-% globally in \cs{g_tree_result_seq} to exit a group.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\seq_new:N \g_tree_result_seq
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_tree_internal_box}
-% Scratch box register for temporary use.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\box_new:N \l_tree_internal_box
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \subsection{Generic helpers}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_end:}
-% Used to end box assignments started by \cs{tree_edit:Nw},
-% \cs{tree_gedit:Nw}, or \cs{tree_cat:Nw}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_end: \c_group_end_token
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%^^A explain that we need protection against a potential \tn{everyhbox}.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_edit:Nw, \tree_gedit:Nw}
-% Accessing the contents of a tree requires unpacking its contents,
-% to access them using the \tn{lastbox} primitive. We may not do
-% that in the current list. Instead, this is done within a box
-% assignment to the tree itself: this choice allows us to modify
-% (\enquote{edit}) the tree and not only access the nodes.
-% This editing should be ended by \cs{tree_end:}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_edit:Nw #1
- {
- \tex_afterassignment:D \use_none_delimit_by_q_stop:w
- \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D \c_group_begin_token
- \q_stop
- \tex_everyhbox:D { }
- \hbox_unpack_clear:N #1
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_gedit:Nw #1
- {
- \tex_afterassignment:D \use_none_delimit_by_q_stop:w
- \tex_global:D \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D \c_group_begin_token
- \q_stop
- \tex_everyhbox:D { }
- \hbox_unpack_clear:N #1
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_cat:Nw}
-% Similar to \cs{tree_edit:Nw}, but without altering the tree contents.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_cat:Nw #1
- {
- \tex_afterassignment:D \use_none_delimit_by_q_stop:w
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_internal_box \tex_hbox:D \c_group_begin_token
- \q_stop
- \tex_everyhbox:D { }
- \hbox_unpack:N #1
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Empty trees}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_new:N, \tree_new:c}
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_clear:N, \tree_clear:c}
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_gclear:N, \tree_gclear:c}
-% Trees are simply boxes, so we copy the box functions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_new:N \box_new:N
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_new:c \box_new:c
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_clear:N \box_clear:N
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_clear:c \box_clear:c
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_gclear:N \box_gclear:N
-\cs_new_eq:NN \tree_gclear:c \box_gclear:c
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF, EXP]{\tree_if_empty:N}
-% Test whether a tree is empty, \emph{i.e.}, contains no node at all.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\prg_new_eq_conditional:NNn \tree_if_empty:N
- \box_if_empty:N { p , T , F , TF }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\if_tree_empty:N}
-% The primitive conditional is used in the code because it expands
-% in only one step.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_eq:NN \if_tree_empty:N \if_box_empty:N
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Extracting the keys}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\seq_set_from_tree:NN, \seq_gset_from_tree:NN}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_extract_aux:NNN}
-% The local and global versions only differ by how the sequence
-% is assigned once it has been built in \cs{g_tree_result_seq}.
-% We open the tree with \cs{tree_cat:Nw}, then extract the keys
-% non-expandably into \tn{dimen} registers (used as integers)
-% using \cs{tree_extract_loop:}, and store the values of those
-% \tn{dimen} registers expandably as the sequence
-% \cs{g_tree_result_seq}. After closing the tree, store the
-% result sequence into the user's variable, and clear the
-% internal sequence (a small cost operation to avoid memory leaks).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \seq_set_from_tree:NN
- { \tree_extract_aux:NNN \seq_set_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \seq_gset_from_tree:NN
- { \tree_extract_aux:NNN \seq_gset_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_extract_aux:NNN #1#2#3
- {
- \int_zero:N \l_tree_index_int
- \tree_cat:Nw #3
- \tree_extract_loop:
- \tl_gset:Nx \g_tree_result_seq
- {
- \exp_after:wN \tree_extract_loop:w
- \int_use:N \l_tree_index_int ;
- \prg_break_point:n { }
- }
- \tree_end:
- #1 #2 \g_tree_result_seq
- \tl_gclear:N \g_tree_result_seq
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_extract_loop:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_extract_loop:
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_first_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \if_hbox:N \l_tree_first_box
- \hbox_unpack_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- \else:
- \if_num:w \tex_ht:D \l_tree_first_box = \c_zero
- \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \use_none:n
- \else:
- \tex_advance:D \l_tree_index_int \c_one
- \tex_dimen:D \l_tree_index_int \tex_ht:D \l_tree_first_box
- \fi:
- \fi:
- \tree_extract_loop:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\tree_extract_loop:w}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:Npn \tree_extract_loop:w #1 ;
- {
- \if_num:w #1 = \c_zero
- \exp_after:wN \prg_map_break:
- \fi:
- \exp_not:N \seq_item:n { \int_value:w \tex_dimen:D #1 }
- \exp_after:wN \tree_extract_loop:w
- \int_use:N \int_eval:w #1 - \c_one ;
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Comparison}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_compare:NN}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_compare:NN #1 #2
- {
- \if_num:w \tex_ht:D #1 > \tex_ht:D #2 \exp_stop_f:
- \tree_reversed:
- \else:
- \tree_ordered:
- \fi:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Adding nodes to a tree}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_put:Nnn, \tree_gput:Nnn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_put_aux:NNnn}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_put:Nnn
- { \tree_put_aux:NNnn \tree_edit:Nw }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_gput:Nnn
- { \tree_put_aux:NNnn \tree_gedit:Nw }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_put_aux:NNnn #1#2#3#4
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_left_box \tex_box:D \c_empty_box
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_right_box \tex_box:D \c_empty_box
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_item_box
- \tex_vbox:D to \int_eval:w #3 \int_eval_end: \c_one_sp_dim {#4}
- \exp_after:wN #1 \exp_after:wN #2
- \if_tree_empty:N #2
- \else:
- \tree_put_loop:
- \tree_splay_loop:
- \fi:
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_left_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_item_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_right_box
- \tree_end:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_put_loop:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_put_loop:
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_first_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_parent_box
- \if_vbox:N \l_tree_first_box
- \tex_box:D \l_tree_first_box
- \else:
- \tex_lastbox:D
- \fi:
- \tree_compare:NN \l_tree_parent_box \l_tree_item_box
- \if_box_empty:N \l_tree_first_box
- \exp_after:wN \use_none:n
- \else:
- \hbox_unpack_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- \fi:
- \tree_put_loop:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tree_ordered:, \tree_reversed:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_ordered:
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \tex_kern:D \c_one_sp_dim
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_reversed:
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_second_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_first_box \tex_box:D \l_tree_second_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \tex_kern:D - \c_one_sp_dim
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Splaying}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\tree_splay_loop:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \tree_splay_loop:
- {
- \l_tree_parent_dim \tex_lastkern:D
- \tex_unkern:D
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_parent_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_first_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \l_tree_grandpa_dim \tex_lastkern:D
- \tex_unkern:D
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_grandpa_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_second_box \tex_lastbox:D
- \cs:w
- tree_splay
- _\int_value:w \l_tree_parent_dim
- _\int_value:w \l_tree_grandpa_dim
- :
- \cs_end:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_0_0:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_0_0: } { }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_1_0:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_1_0: }
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_left_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_left_box
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_-1_0:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_-1_0: }
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_right_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_right_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_1_1:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_1_1: }
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_left_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_second_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_grandpa_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- }
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_left_box
- }
- \tree_splay_loop:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_1_-1:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_1_-1: }
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_right_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_right_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_grandpa_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_second_box
- }
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_left_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_left_box
- }
- \tree_splay_loop:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_-1_1:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_-1_1: }
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_right_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_right_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- }
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_left_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_second_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_grandpa_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_left_box
- }
- \tree_splay_loop:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\tree_splay_-1_-1:}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { tree_splay_-1_-1: }
- {
- \tex_setbox:D \l_tree_right_box \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_right_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_parent_box
- \tex_hbox:D
- {
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_first_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_grandpa_box
- \box_use_clear:N \l_tree_second_box
- }
- }
- \tree_splay_loop:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Sorting}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</initex|package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \end{implementation}
-%
-% \PrintIndex \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty
index 28dfab3ab00..f264342f725 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
}
\def\ExplFileName{expl3}
\def\ExplFileDescription{L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper}
-\def\ExplFileDate{2012/02/26}
-\def\ExplFileVersion{3471}
+\def\ExplFileDate{2012/04/23}
+\def\ExplFileVersion{3570}
\RequirePackage{etex}
\reserveinserts{32}
\ProvidesExplPackage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty
index 2193b30348f..182505d931f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 3491 2012-03-04 06:13:18Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental basic definitions}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@
\tex_let:D \if_mode_inner: \tex_ifinner:D
\tex_let:D \if_cs_exist:N \etex_ifdefined:D
\tex_let:D \if_cs_exist:w \etex_ifcsname:D
+\tex_let:D \cs:w \tex_csname:D
+\tex_let:D \cs_end: \tex_endcsname:D
\tex_let:D \exp_after:wN \tex_expandafter:D
\tex_let:D \exp_not:N \tex_noexpand:D
\tex_let:D \exp_not:n \etex_unexpanded:D
\tex_let:D \token_to_meaning:N \tex_meaning:D
\tex_let:D \token_to_str:N \tex_string:D
-\tex_let:D \cs:w \tex_csname:D
-\tex_let:D \cs_end: \tex_endcsname:D
\tex_let:D \cs_meaning:N \tex_meaning:D
\tex_let:D \cs_show:N \tex_show:D
\tex_let:D \scan_stop: \tex_relax:D
@@ -398,11 +398,11 @@
{ \prg_return_true: }
}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:NTF #1#2
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 #2} }
+ { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 #2 } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:NF #1
{ \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:NT #1 #2
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1#2 } { } }
+ { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 #2 } { } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:N #1
{ \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { #1 } { } }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_if_exist_use:cTF #1#2
@@ -512,6 +512,10 @@
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_set_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_set_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_set_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_set_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_set_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_set_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:NN { \tex_global:D \cs_set_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_new_eq:NN #1
{
\chk_if_free_cs:N #1
@@ -520,10 +524,6 @@
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_new_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_new_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_new_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_new_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_new_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_new_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:NN { \tex_global:D \cs_set_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:Nc { \exp_args:NNc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cN { \exp_args:Nc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \cs_gset_eq:cc { \exp_args:Ncc \cs_gset_eq:NN }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_undefine:N #1
{ \cs_gset_eq:NN #1 \c_undefined:D }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \cs_undefine:c #1
@@ -587,11 +587,11 @@
}
\cs_set:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1#2#3
{
- \cs_set_protected:cpx { cs_ #1 : #2 } ##1##2
+ \cs_new_protected:cpx { cs_ #1 : #2 } ##1##2
{
\exp_not:N \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn ##1
\exp_after:wN \exp_not:N \cs:w cs_#1 : #3 \cs_end:
- { \exp_not:N\cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N ##1 }{##2}
+ { \exp_not:N \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:N ##1 }{##2}
}
}
\cs_tmp:w { set } { Nn } { Npn }
@@ -610,21 +610,22 @@
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected } { Nx } { Npx }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { Nx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { Nx } { Npx }
\cs_set:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1#2#3
{
- \cs_set_protected:cpx {cs_#1:#2}##1##2{
- \exp_not:N\cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn {##1}
- \exp_after:wN \exp_not:N \cs:w cs_#1:#3 \cs_end:
- { \exp_not:N \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:c {##1} } {##2}
- }
+ \cs_new_protected:cpx {cs_#1:#2} ##1##2
+ {
+ \exp_not:N \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn {##1}
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_not:N \cs:w cs_#1:#3 \cs_end:
+ { \exp_not:N \cs_get_arg_count_from_signature:c {##1} } {##2}
+ }
}
\cs_tmp:w { set } { cn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { set } { cx } { Npx }
@@ -642,14 +643,14 @@
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected } { cx } { Npx }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
\cs_tmp:w { gset_protected_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cx } { Npx }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
-\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected } { cx } { Npx }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cn } { Npn }
+\cs_tmp:w { new_protected_nopar } { cx } { Npx }
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \cs_if_eq:NN #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
\if_meaning:w #1#2
@@ -670,11 +671,11 @@
\cs_new:Npn \kernel_register_show:N #1
{
\cs_if_exist:NTF #1
- { \tex_showthe:D \use:n #1 }
- {
- \msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
- { \token_to_str:N #1 }
- }
+ { \tex_showthe:D \use:n {#1} }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ }
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \kernel_register_show:c
{ \exp_args:Nc \kernel_register_show:N }
@@ -692,32 +693,32 @@
\cs_new_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
\cs_if_exist:NT \xetex_XeTeXversion:D
{
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:T \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
- \cs_set_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:T \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \xetex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
}
\cs_if_exist:NT \luatex_directlua:D
{
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:T \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
- \cs_set_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
- \cs_set_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:T \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:F \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine:TF \use_i:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:T \use_none:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:F \use:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine:TF \use_ii:nn
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \luatex_if_engine_p: \c_true_bool
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \pdftex_if_engine_p: \c_false_bool
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \prg_do_nothing: { }
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \str_if_eq:nn #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
\if_int_compare:w \pdftex_strcmp:D { \exp_not:n {#1} } { \exp_not:n {#2} }
= \c_zero
- \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
+ \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \str_if_eq:xx #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty
index 1fe36dc7ca3..c78a4f2122e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 3432 2012-02-18 12:16:20Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental boxes}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -64,17 +64,9 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_clear:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_gclear:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_clear_new:N #1
- {
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
- { \box_set_eq:NN #1 \c_empty_box }
- { \box_new:N #1 }
- }
+ { \box_if_exist:NTF #1 { \box_clear:N #1 } { \box_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_gclear_new:N #1
- {
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
- { \box_gset_eq:NN #1 \c_empty_box }
- { \box_new:N #1 }
- }
+ { \box_if_exist:NTF #1 { \box_gclear:N #1 } { \box_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_clear_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_gclear_new:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_set_eq:NN #1#2
@@ -89,6 +81,14 @@
{ \tex_global:D \box_set_eq_clear:NN }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_set_eq_clear:NN { cN , Nc , cc }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_gset_eq_clear:NN { cN , Nc , cc }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_eq:NN \box_ht:N \tex_ht:D
\cs_new_eq:NN \box_dp:N \tex_dp:D
\cs_new_eq:NN \box_wd:N \tex_wd:D
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
\box_new:N \l_tmpb_box
\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_show:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
+ \box_if_exist:NTF #1
{ \tex_showbox:D \use:n {#1} }
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty
index 7fc71a96c04..75ef38900cc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental comma separated lists}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -88,6 +88,14 @@
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_concat:NNN { ccc }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_gconcat:NNN { ccc }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \clist_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_set:Npn \clist_tmp:w #1
{
\cs_new:Npn \clist_trim_spaces_generic:nw ##1 ##2 ,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty
index 5c5ea863483..cd84ef63e8e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
%%
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3coffins.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3coffins.dtx 3482 2012-03-03 18:48:06Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental coffin code layer}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \coffin_show_structure:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
{
\msg_aux_show:Nnx #1 { coffins }
{
@@ -1077,10 +1077,6 @@
\msg_aux_show_unbraced:nn
}
}
- {
- \msg_aux_use:nn { LaTeX / coffins } { no-pole }
- \msg_aux_show:x { }
- }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_show_structure:N { c }
\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffins } { no-pole-intersection }
@@ -1109,11 +1105,6 @@
> ~ wd~=~\dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 \\
Poles~of~coffin~\token_to_str:N #1 :
}
-\msg_kernel_new:nnn { coffins } { no-pole }
- {
- ---~No~poles~found~--- \\
- Is~this~really~a~coffin?
- }
%%
%%
%% End of file `l3coffins.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls
index e01b5752fd5..b79ca0bb135 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
\let \filedateOld \ExplFileDate
\let \fileversionOld \ExplFileVersion
\let \filedescriptionOld \ExplFileDescription
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 3464 2012-02-26 15:30:29Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 3491 2012-03-04 06:13:18Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental documentation class}
\ProvidesExplClass
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
\vcoffin_set:Nnw \l_doc_descr_coffin {\textwidth}
\noindent\ignorespaces
}
-\cs_gset_nopar:Npn \function_typeset:n #1
+\cs_gset_nopar:Npn \function_typeset:n #1 %^^A todo: use "\cs_new:Npn" here
{
\tl_gclear:N \g_doc_macro_tl
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty
index 25eda0dc609..a86de65f88f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 3464 2012-02-26 15:30:29Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 3520 2012-03-09 19:34:07Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental file and I/O operations}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \iow_open:Nn { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_open_aux:Nn #1#2
{
- \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_name_internal_tl
+ \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_internal_name_tl
\quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_file_internal_name_tl
{ \file_input_error:n {#2} }
- { \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_name_internal_tl }
+ { \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_internal_name_tl }
}
\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \ior_open:Nn #1#2 { T , F , TF }
{ \file_name_sanitize:nn {#2} { \ior_open_aux:NnTF #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_open_aux:NnTF #1#2
{
- \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_name_internal_tl
+ \file_add_path:nN {#2} \l_file_internal_name_tl
\quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_file_internal_name_tl
{ \prg_return_false: }
{
- \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_name_internal_tl
+ \ior_open_unsafe:No #1 \l_file_internal_name_tl
\prg_return_true:
}
}
@@ -272,8 +272,7 @@
\ior_new:N \g_ior_internal_ior
\cs_new_protected:Npn \iow_stream_alloc:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
- { \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
{
\iow_stream_alloc_aux:
\int_compare:nNnT \l_iow_stream_int = \c_sixteen
@@ -283,26 +282,25 @@
\cs_gset_eq:cN
{ g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow } \g_iow_internal_iow
}
- \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
}
+ \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \iow_stream_alloc_aux:
{
\int_incr:N \l_iow_stream_int
\int_compare:nNnT \l_iow_stream_int < \c_sixteen
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
- {
- \prop_if_in:NVT \g_iow_streams_prop \l_iow_stream_int
- { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
- }
- { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_iow_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _iow }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NVT \g_iow_streams_prop \l_iow_stream_int
+ { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ }
+ { \iow_stream_alloc_aux: }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_stream_alloc:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
- { \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
{
\ior_stream_alloc_aux:
\int_compare:nNnT \l_ior_stream_int = \c_sixteen
@@ -312,20 +310,20 @@
\cs_gset_eq:cN
{ g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_iow_stream_int _ior } \g_ior_internal_ior
}
- \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
}
+ \cs_gset_eq:Nc #1 { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ior_stream_alloc_aux:
{
\int_incr:N \l_ior_stream_int
\int_compare:nNnT \l_ior_stream_int < \c_sixteen
{
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
- {
- \prop_if_in:NVT \g_ior_streams_prop \l_ior_stream_int
- { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
- }
- { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { g_ior_ \int_use:N \l_ior_stream_int _ior }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NVT \g_ior_streams_prop \l_ior_stream_int
+ { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
+ }
+ { \ior_stream_alloc_aux: }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_close:N #1
@@ -621,10 +619,10 @@
}
\tl_new:N \l_ior_internal_tl
\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { file } { file-not-found }
- { Space~in~file~name~'#1'. }
+ { File~'#1'~not~found. }
{
- Spaces~are~not~permitted~in~files~loaded~by~LaTeX: \\
- Further~errors~may~follow!
+ The~requested~file~could~not~be~found~in~the~current~directory,~
+ in~the~TeX~search~path~or~in~the~LaTeX~search~path.
}
\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { file } { space-in-file-name }
{ Space~in~file~name~'#1'. }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty
index df321de33c9..bb38caa64f6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 3315 2012-02-06 11:17:04Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental floating-point operations}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -353,9 +353,9 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_zero:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_gzero:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_zero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
+ { \fp_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_zero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_gzero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
+ { \fp_if_exist:NTF #1 { \fp_gzero:N #1 } { \fp_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_gzero_new:N { c }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \fp_set:Nn { \fp_set_aux:NNn \tl_set:Nn }
@@ -515,6 +515,14 @@
\prg_replicate:nn { #2 - 9 } { 0 }
.
}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \fp_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new:Npn \fp_to_dim:N #1 { \fp_use:N #1 pt }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fp_to_dim:N { c }
\cs_new:Npn \fp_to_int:N #1
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty
index f12cda36783..76b61a861c6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental integers}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_zero:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gzero:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_zero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
+ { \int_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_zero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_gzero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
+ { \int_if_exist:NTF #1 { \int_gzero:N #1 } { \int_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gzero_new:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_set_eq:NN #1#2 { #1 = #2 }
@@ -168,6 +168,14 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_gset_eq:NN #1#2 { \tex_global:D #1 = #2 }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gset_eq:NN { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gset_eq:NN { Nc , cc }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \int_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_add:Nn #1#2
{ \tex_advance:D #1 by \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end: }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_sub:Nn #1#2
@@ -199,76 +207,53 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gset:Nn { c }
\cs_new_eq:NN \int_use:N \tex_the:D
\cs_new:Npn \int_use:c #1 { \int_use:N \cs:w #1 \cs_end: }
-\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \int_compare:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
- { \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:nw \int_value:w \int_eval:w #1 \q_stop }
-\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:nw #1#2 \q_stop
- {
- \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:Nw
- \int_to_roman:w
- \if:w #1 -
- \else:
- -
- \fi:
- #1#2 \q_mark #1#2 \q_stop
- }
-\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:Nw #1#2#3 \q_mark
- { \use:c { int_compare_ #1 \if_meaning:w = #2 = \fi: :w } }
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_=:w } #1 = #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 = \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_true:
- \else:
- \prg_return_false:
- \fi:
- }
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_==:w } #1 == #2 \q_stop
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \kernel_compare_error:
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 = \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_true:
- \else:
- \prg_return_false:
- \fi:
+ \if_num:w \c_zero \c_zero \fi:
+ =
+ \kernel_compare_error:
}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_!=:w } #1 != #2 \q_stop
+\cs_new:Npn \kernel_compare_error:Nw
+ #1#2 \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 = \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_false:
- \else:
- \prg_return_true:
- \fi:
+ \msg_expandable_kernel_error:nnn
+ { kernel } { unknown-comparison } {#1}
+ \prg_return_false:
}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<:w } #1 < #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 < \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_true:
- \else:
- \prg_return_false:
- \fi:
- }
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>:w } #1 > #2 \q_stop
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \int_compare:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 > \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
+ \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:Nw \int_use:N \int_eval:w #1
+ \kernel_compare_error: \int_eval_end:
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<=:w } #1 <= #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 > \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_false:
- \else:
- \prg_return_true:
- \fi:
- }
-\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>=:w } #1 >= #2 \q_stop
- {
- \if_int_compare:w #1 < \int_eval:w #2 \int_eval_end:
- \prg_return_false:
- \else:
- \prg_return_true:
- \fi:
- }
+\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:Nw #1#2 \kernel_compare_error:
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \int_compare_aux:NNw
+ \int_to_roman:w - 0 #2 ?? \q_mark
+ #1#2
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \int_compare_aux:NNw #1#2#3 \q_mark
+ {
+ \use:c { int_compare_ #1 \if_meaning:w = #2 = \fi: :NNw }
+ \kernel_compare_error:Nw #1
+ }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_=:NNw } #1#2#3 =
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 = \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<:NNw } #1#2#3 <
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 < \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>:NNw } #1#2#3 >
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 > \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_==:NNw } #1#2#3 ==
+ { \if_int_compare:w #3 = \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_!=:NNw } #1#2#3 !=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_int_compare:w #3 = \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_<=:NNw } #1#2#3 <=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_int_compare:w #3 > \int_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { int_compare_>=:NNw } #1#2#3 >=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_int_compare:w #3 < \int_eval:w }
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \int_compare:nNn #1#2#3 { p , T , F , TF}
{
\if_int_compare:w \int_eval:w #1 #2 \int_eval:w #3 \int_eval_end:
@@ -658,16 +643,16 @@
{
\str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} { Q }
{
- \cs_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
+ \int_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
{ \int_from_roman_clean_up:w }
+
\use:c { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
#2
}
{
- \cs_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
+ \int_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int }
{ \int_from_roman_clean_up:w }
- \cs_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #2 _int }
+ \int_if_exist:cF { c_int_from_roman_ #2 _int }
{ \int_from_roman_clean_up:w }
\int_compare:nNnTF
{ \use:c { c_int_from_roman_ #1 _int } }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty
index aab64765fa0..a0ae5751eb3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 3086 2011-12-22 17:55:46Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 3487 2012-03-03 19:36:51Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental key-value interfaces}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -191,15 +191,16 @@
\bool_set_false:N \l_keys_no_value_bool
\keys_define_elt_aux:nn {#1} {#2}
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_define_elt_aux:nn #1#2 {
- \keys_property_find:n {#1}
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_props_root_tl \l_keys_property_tl }
- { \keys_define_key:n {#2} }
- {
- \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { keys } { property-unknown }
- { \l_keys_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl }
- }
-}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_define_elt_aux:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \keys_property_find:n {#1}
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_props_root_tl \l_keys_property_tl }
+ { \keys_define_key:n {#2} }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { keys } { property-unknown }
+ { \l_keys_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl }
+ }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_property_find:n #1
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_keys_path_tl { \l_keys_module_tl / }
@@ -236,7 +237,7 @@
{ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} }
\cs_new:Npn \keys_bool_set:NN #1#2
{
- \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
+ \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
\keys_choice_make:
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / true }
{ \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_true:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
@@ -251,7 +252,7 @@
}
\cs_new:Npn \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1#2
{
- \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
+ \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
\keys_choice_make:
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / true }
{ \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_false:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
@@ -392,7 +393,7 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_variable_set:NnNN #1#2#3#4
{
- \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \use:c { #2 _new:N } #1 }
+ \use:c { #2_if_exist:NF } #1 { \use:c { #2 _new:N } #1 }
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl }
{ \exp_not:c { #2 _ #3 set:N #4 } \exp_not:N #1 {##1} }
}
@@ -601,7 +602,7 @@
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
{
- \exp_args:Nno \use:c { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
+ \exp_args:Nc \exp_args:No { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
\l_keys_value_tl
}
{#2}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.sty
index af40a84ac92..2e5ae99d6a4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3msg.dtx 3470 2012-02-26 19:10:24Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3msg.dtx 3568 2012-04-23 13:23:58Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental messages}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -54,9 +54,14 @@
\tl_new:N \l_msg_internal_tl
\tl_const:Nn \c_msg_text_prefix_tl { msg~text~>~ }
\tl_const:Nn \c_msg_more_text_prefix_tl { msg~extra~text~>~ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \msg_if_exist:nn #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 }
+ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \chk_if_free_msg:nn #1#2
{
- \cs_if_free:cF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 }
+ \msg_if_exist:nnT {#1} {#2}
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-already-defined }
{#1} {#2}
@@ -65,7 +70,7 @@
\tex_ifodd:D \l@expl@log@functions@bool
\cs_gset_protected:Npn \chk_if_free_msg:nn #1#2
{
- \cs_if_free:cF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 }
+ \msg_if_exist:nnT {#1} {#2}
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-already-defined }
{#1} {#2}
@@ -133,65 +138,50 @@
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \msg_newline: { ^^J }
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \msg_two_newlines: { ^^J ^^J }
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \msg_line_number: { \int_use:N \tex_inputlineno:D }
-\cs_set_nopar:Npn \msg_line_context:
+\cs_gset_nopar:Npn \msg_line_context:
{
\c_msg_on_line_text_tl
\c_space_tl
\msg_line_number:
}
-\char_set_catcode_letter:N \.
-\tl_new:N
- \c_msg_hide_tl..........................................................
-\tl_const:Nn \c_msg_hide_tl
- { \c_msg_hide_tl.......................................................... }
-\char_set_catcode_other:N \.
-\tl_new:N \l_msg_text_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt:xxx #1#2#3
{
- \group_begin:
- \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
- { \msg_interrupt_no_details:xx {#1} {#2} }
- { \msg_interrupt_details:xxx {#1} {#2} {#3} }
- \msg_interrupt_aux:
- \group_end:
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_no_details:xx #1#2
- {
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN
- { \\ \c_msg_no_info_text_tl }
- { |~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_more_text:n
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN { #1 \\ \\ #2 \\ \\ \c_msg_continue_text_tl }
- { ! ~ } { 2 } {} \msg_interrupt_text:n
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
+ {
+ \msg_interrupt_wrap:xx { \\ \c_msg_no_info_text_tl }
+ {#1 \\\\ #2 \\\\ \c_msg_continue_text_tl }
+ }
+ {
+ \msg_interrupt_wrap:xx { \\ #3 }
+ {#1 \\\\ #2 \\\\ \c_msg_help_text_tl }
+ }
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_details:xxx #1#2#3
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_wrap:xx #1#2
{
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN
- { \\ #3 }
- { |~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_more_text:n
- \iow_wrap:xnnnN { #1 \\ \\ #2 \\ \\ \c_msg_help_text_tl }
- { ! ~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_text:n
+ \iow_wrap:xnnnN {#1} { | ~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_more_text:n
+ \iow_wrap:xnnnN {#2} { ! ~ } { 2 } { } \msg_interrupt_text:n
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_text:n #1
- { \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_text_tl {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_more_text:n #1
{
- \protected@edef \l_msg_internal_tl
- {
- |'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''
- #1
- \msg_newline:
- |...............................................
- }
- \tex_errhelp:D \exp_after:wN { \l_msg_internal_tl }
+ \exp_args:Nx \tex_errhelp:D
+ {
+ |'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''
+ #1 \iow_newline:
+ |...............................................
+ }
}
-\group_begin: % {
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_lccode:nn {`\{} {`\ }
\char_set_lccode:nn {`\}} {`\ }
\char_set_lccode:nn {`\&} {`\!}
\char_set_catcode_active:N \&
+ \char_set_catcode_letter:N \.
+ \tl_new:N
+ \c_msg_hide_tl............................................
\tl_to_lowercase:n
{
\group_end:
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_aux:
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_interrupt_text:n #1
{
\iow_term:x
{
@@ -200,9 +190,17 @@
\iow_newline:
!
}
- \tl_put_right:No \l_msg_text_tl { \c_msg_hide_tl }
- \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx &
- { \tex_errmessage:D { \exp_not:o { \l_msg_text_tl } } }
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn &
+ {
+ \tex_errmessage:D
+ {
+ #1
+ \c_msg_hide_tl............................................
+ }
+ }
+ \exp_after:wN
+ \group_end:
&
}
}
@@ -220,7 +218,7 @@
\iow_term:x
\iow_term:x { ************************************************* }
}
-\int_set:Nn \tex_errorcontextlines:D { -1 }
+\int_gset:Nn \tex_errorcontextlines:D { -1 }
\cs_new:Npn \msg_fatal_text:n #1 { Fatal~#1~error }
\cs_new:Npn \msg_critical_text:n #1 { Critical~#1~error }
\cs_new:Npn \msg_error_text:n #1 { #1~error }
@@ -228,8 +226,6 @@
\cs_new:Npn \msg_info_text:n #1 { #1~info }
\cs_new:Npn \msg_see_documentation_text:n #1
{ \\ \\ See~the~#1~documentation~for~further~information. }
-\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_prop
-\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_names_prop
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_class_set:nn #1#2
{
\prop_clear_new:c { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop }
@@ -321,73 +317,126 @@
{ \use:c { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #1 / #2 } {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6} }
}
\msg_class_set:nn { none } { }
-\seq_new:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq
\tl_new:N \l_msg_class_tl
\tl_new:N \l_msg_current_class_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_msg_current_module_tl
+\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_prop
+\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_names_prop
+\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_prop
+\bool_new:N \l_msg_use_direct_bool
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use:nnnnxxxx #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
{
- \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx \msg_use_code:
- {
- \seq_clear:N \exp_not:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq
- \exp_not:n {#2}
- }
- \cs_set_protected:Npx \msg_use_loop:n ##1
+ \msg_if_exist:nnTF {#3} {#4}
{
- \seq_if_in:NnTF \exp_not:n \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq {#1}
- { \msg_kernel_error:nn { msg } { message-loop } {#1} }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #1 :nnxxxx }
{
- \seq_put_right:Nn \exp_not:N \l_msg_redirect_classes_seq {#1}
- \exp_not:N \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ ##1 :nnxxxx }
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx \msg_use_code: { \exp_not:n {#2} }
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_or_change_class:
{
- \exp_not:N \use:c { msg_ ##1 :nnxxxx }
- \exp_not:n { {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} }
+ \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_current_class_tl \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \msg_use_code: }
+ {
+ \use:c { msg_ \l_msg_class_tl :nnxxxx }
+ {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8}
+ }
}
+ \bool_if:NTF \l_msg_use_direct_bool
{
- \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {##1}
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_msg_use_direct_bool
+ \msg_use_code:
}
+ { \msg_use_aux_i:nn {#3} {#4} }
}
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#1} }
}
- \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_msg_text_prefix_tl #3 / #4 }
- { \msg_use_aux:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4} }
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-unknown } {#3} {#4} }
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux:nnn #1#2#3
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_code: { }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_or_change_class: { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux_i:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \prop_get:NnNTF \l_msg_redirect_prop { #1 / #2 } \l_msg_class_tl
+ {
+ \bool_set_true:N \l_msg_use_direct_bool
+ \msg_use_or_change_class:
+ }
+ { \msg_use_aux_ii:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux_ii:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \prop_get:coNTF { l_msg_redirect_ \l_msg_current_class_tl _ prop }
+ { \msg_use_aux_iii:w #1 / #2 / \q_stop } \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \msg_use_or_change_class: }
+ {
+ \prop_get:coNTF { l_msg_redirect_ \l_msg_current_class_tl _ prop }
+ { \msg_use_aux_iv:w #1 / #2 \q_stop } \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \msg_use_or_change_class: }
+ { \msg_use_aux_v: }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \msg_use_aux_iii:w #1 / #2 / #3 \q_stop { #1 / #2 }
+\cs_new:Npn \msg_use_aux_iv:w #1 / #2 \q_stop { #1 }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux_v:
{
- \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
- \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_module_tl {#2}
- \prop_if_in:NnTF \l_msg_redirect_names_prop { // #2 / #3 / }
- { \msg_use_loop_check:nn { names } { // #2 / #3 / } }
- { \msg_use_aux:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \prop_get:cnNF { l_msg_redirect_ \l_msg_current_class_tl _ prop }
+ { * } \l_msg_class_tl
+ { \tl_set_eq:NN \l_msg_class_tl \l_msg_current_class_tl }
+ \msg_use_or_change_class:
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_aux:nn #1#2
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_class:nn #1#2
{
- \prop_if_in:cnTF { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } {#2}
- { \msg_use_loop_check:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #1 :nnxxxx }
{
- \prop_if_in:cnTF { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } { * }
- { \msg_use_loop_check:nn {#1} { * } }
- { \msg_use_code: }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #2 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
+ \msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn {#1} {#2} {#2}
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#2} }
}
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#1} }
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_loop_check:nn #1#2
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn #1#2#3
{
- \prop_get:cnN { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } {#2} \l_msg_class_tl
- \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_current_class_tl \l_msg_class_tl
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { l_msg_redirect_ #2 _prop } { * } \l_msg_class_tl
{
- { \msg_use_code: }
- { \msg_use_loop:o \l_msg_class_tl }
+ \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_class_tl \l_msg_current_class_tl
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-loop } {#1} {#3} }
+ { \msg_redirect_class_aux:nVn {#1} \l_msg_class_tl {#3} }
}
+ { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } { * } {#3} }
}
-\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \msg_use_code: { }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_use_loop:n #1 { }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_use_loop:n { o }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_class:nn #1#2
- { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #1 _prop } { * } {#2} }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_redirect_class_aux:nnn { nV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_module:nnn #1#2#3
- { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #2 _prop } {#1} {#3} }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #2 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #3 :nnxxxx }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_msg_current_class_tl {#1}
+ \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#3}
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#3} }
+ }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { l_msg_redirect_ #3 _prop } {#1} \l_msg_class_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_eq:NNTF \l_msg_class_tl \l_msg_current_class_tl
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { msg } { message-loop } {#2} {#4} }
+ { \msg_redirect_moduel_aux:nVn {#1} {#2} \l_msg_class_tl {#4} }
+ }
+ { \prop_put:cnn { l_msg_redirect_ #2 _prop } {#1} {#4} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \msg_redirect_module_aux:nnnn { nnV }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_redirect_name:nnn #1#2#3
- { \prop_put:Nnn \l_msg_redirect_names_prop { // #1 / #2 / } {#3} }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { msg_ #3 :nnxxxx }
+ { \prop_put:Nnn \l_msg_redirect_prop { #1 / #2 } {#3} }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nnx { msg } { message-class-unknown } {#3} }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_new:nnnn #1#2
{ \msg_new:nnnn { LaTeX } { #1 / #2 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_new:nnn #1#2
@@ -445,11 +494,11 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxxx #1#2#3#4#5
{\msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} { } }
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxx #1#2#3#4
+\cs_gset_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnxx #1#2#3#4
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} { } { } }
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnx #1#2#3
+\cs_gset_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nnx #1#2#3
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} {#3} { } { } { } }
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nn #1#2
+\cs_gset_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_error:nn #1#2
{ \msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx {#1} {#2} { } { } { } { } }
\prop_new:N \l_msg_redirect_kernel_warning_prop
\cs_new_protected:Npn \msg_kernel_warning:nnxxxx #1#2#3#4#5#6
@@ -592,6 +641,8 @@
{ Zero~step~size~for~stepwise~function~#1. }
\msg_kernel_new:nnn { prg } { replicate-neg }
{ Negative~argument~for~\prg_replicate:nn. }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnn { kernel } { unknown-comparison }
+ { Relation~symbol~'#1'~unknown:~use~=,~<,~>,~==,~!=,~<=,~>=. }
\msg_kernel_new:nnn { seq } { show }
{
The~sequence~\token_to_str:N #1~
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3names.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3names.sty
index 6532d0d0c7d..fee26c9e876 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3names.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3names.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3bootstrap}[2011-12-29]
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3names.dtx 3113 2011-12-30 09:05:11Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3names.dtx 3494 2012-03-04 09:58:29Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental namespace for primitives}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
\name_primitive:NN \savingvdiscards \etex_savingvdiscards:D
\name_primitive:NN \pagediscards \etex_pagediscards:D
\name_primitive:NN \splitdiscards \etex_splitdiscards:D
- \name_primitive:NN \TeXXETstate \etex_TeXXETstate:D
+ \name_primitive:NN \TeXXeTstate \etex_TeXXeTstate:D
\name_primitive:NN \beginL \etex_beginL:D
\name_primitive:NN \endL \etex_endL:D
\name_primitive:NN \beginR \etex_beginR:D
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty
index 4fc7acdcdbb..51b98fabb03 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 3464 2012-02-26 15:30:29Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental control structures}
%%
\ProvidesExplPackage
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \bool_if:NTF { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \bool_show:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
+ \bool_if_exist:NTF #1
{ \bool_show:n {#1} }
{
\msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { variable-not-defined }
@@ -112,6 +112,14 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \bool_show:N { c }
\bool_new:N \l_tmpa_bool
\bool_new:N \g_tmpa_bool
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \bool_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \bool_if:n #1 { T , F , TF }
{
\if_predicate:w \bool_if_p:n {#1}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty
index 169d5ffe5d6..539f1539352 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental property lists}
%%
\ProvidesExplPackage
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_gclear:N #1 { \cs_gset_eq:NN #1 \c_empty_prop }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_gclear:c #1 { \cs_gset_eq:cN {#1} \c_empty_prop }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_clear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_clear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
+ { \prop_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_clear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_clear_new:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_gclear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_gclear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
+ { \prop_if_exist:NTF #1 { \prop_gclear:N #1 } { \prop_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gclear_new:N { c }
\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_set_eq:NN \tl_set_eq:NN
\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_set_eq:Nc \tl_set_eq:Nc
@@ -170,6 +170,14 @@
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_put_if_new:Nnn { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gput_if_new:Nnn { c }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \prop_if_empty:N #1 { p, T , F , TF }
{
\if_meaning:w #1 \c_empty_prop
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty
index 2b47a5c01d8..6de7e2ea1ed 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 3158 2012-01-09 00:47:42Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental sequences and stacks}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -114,6 +114,14 @@
{ \tl_gset:Nx #1 { \exp_not:o {#2} \exp_not:o {#3} } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_concat:NNN { ccc }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_gconcat:NNN { ccc }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \seq_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \seq_put_left:Nn #1#2
{ \tl_put_left:Nn #1 { \seq_item:n {#2} } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \seq_put_right:Nn #1#2
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty
index 5ba6dec68d7..671ce242540 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 3499 2012-03-05 16:08:55Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental dimensions and skips}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -61,16 +61,30 @@
\newdimen #1
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_const:Nn #1
+ {
+ \dim_new:N #1
+ \dim_gset:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_const:Nn { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_zero:N #1 { #1 \c_zero_dim }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_gzero:N { \tex_global:D \dim_zero:N }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_zero:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_gzero:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_zero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
+ { \dim_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_zero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_gzero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
+ { \dim_if_exist:NTF #1 { \dim_gzero:N #1 } { \dim_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_gzero_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_set:Nn #1#2
{ #1 ~ \dim_eval:w #2 \dim_eval_end: }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \dim_gset:Nn { \tex_global:D \dim_set:Nn }
@@ -127,33 +141,40 @@
}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \dim_compare:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
- \exp_after:wN \dim_compare_aux:wNN \dim_use:N \dim_eval:w #1
- \dim_eval_end:
+ \exp_after:wN \dim_compare_aux:w \dim_use:N \dim_eval:w #1
+ \kernel_compare_error: \dim_eval_end:
\prg_return_true:
\else:
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
\exp_args:Nno \use:nn
- { \cs_new:Npn \dim_compare_aux:wNN #1 }
+ { \cs_new:Npn \dim_compare_aux:w #1 }
{ \tl_to_str:n { pt } }
- #2 #3
- {
- \use:c
- {
- dim_compare_ #2
- \if_meaning:w = #3 = \fi:
- :nw
- }
- { #1 pt } #3
- }
-\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_<:nw } #1 { \if_dim:w #1 < \dim_eval:w }
-\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_=:nw } #1 { \if_dim:w #1 = \dim_eval:w }
-\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_>:nw } #1 { \if_dim:w #1 > \dim_eval:w }
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_==:nw} #1#2 { \if_dim:w #1 = \dim_eval:w }
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_<=:nw} #1#2 {\reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #1 > \dim_eval:w}
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_!=:nw} #1#2 {\reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #1 = \dim_eval:w}
-\cs_new:cpn {dim_compare_>=:nw} #1#2 {\reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #1 < \dim_eval:w}
+ #2 \kernel_compare_error:
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \dim_compare_aux:NNw #2 ?? \q_mark
+ #1 pt #2
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \dim_compare_aux:NNw #1#2#3 \q_mark
+ {
+ \use:c { dim_compare_ #1 \if_meaning:w = #2 = \fi: :NNw }
+ \kernel_compare_error:Nw #1
+ }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_=:NNw } #1#2#3 =
+ { \if_dim:w #3 = \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_<:NNw } #1#2#3 <
+ { \if_dim:w #3 < \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_>:NNw } #1#2#3 >
+ { \if_dim:w #3 > \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_==:NNw } #1#2#3 ==
+ { \if_dim:w #3 = \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_!=:NNw } #1#2#3 !=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #3 = \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_<=:NNw } #1#2#3 <=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #3 > \dim_eval:w }
+\cs_new:cpn { dim_compare_>=:NNw } #1#2#3 >=
+ { \reverse_if:N \if_dim:w #3 < \dim_eval:w }
\cs_set:Npn \dim_while_do:nn #1#2
{
\dim_compare:nT {#1}
@@ -248,16 +269,30 @@
\newskip #1
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_const:Nn #1
+ {
+ \skip_new:N #1
+ \skip_gset:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_const:Nn { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_zero:N #1 { #1 \c_zero_skip }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_gzero:N { \tex_global:D \skip_zero:N }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_zero:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_gzero:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_zero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \skip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_zero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_gzero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \skip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \skip_gzero:N #1 } { \skip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \skip_gzero_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_set:Nn #1#2
{ #1 ~ \etex_glueexpr:D #2 \scan_stop: }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \skip_gset:Nn { \tex_global:D \skip_set:Nn }
@@ -289,16 +324,19 @@
\prg_return_false:
\fi:
}
-\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \skip_if_infinite_glue:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \cs_tmp:w #1
{
- \bool_if:nTF
+ \prg_new_conditional:Npnn \skip_if_finite:n ##1 { p , T , F , TF }
{
- \int_compare_p:nNn { \etex_gluestretchorder:D #1 } > \c_zero ||
- \int_compare_p:nNn { \etex_glueshrinkorder:D #1 } > \c_zero
+ \exp_after:wN \skip_if_finite_aux:wwNw
+ \skip_use:N \etex_glueexpr:D ##1 ; \prg_return_false:
+ #1 ; \prg_return_true: \q_stop
}
- { \prg_return_true: }
- { \prg_return_false: }
- }
+ \cs_new:Npn \skip_if_finite_aux:wwNw ##1 #1 ##2 ; ##3 ##4 \q_stop {##3}
+ }
+\exp_args:No \cs_tmp:w { \tl_to_str:n { fil } }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \skip_if_infinite_glue:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ { \skip_if_finite:nTF {#1} \prg_return_false: \prg_return_true: }
\cs_new:Npn \skip_eval:n #1
{ \skip_use:N \etex_glueexpr:D #1 \scan_stop: }
\cs_new_eq:NN \skip_use:N \tex_the:D
@@ -328,17 +366,31 @@
\newmuskip #1
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_const:Nn #1
+ {
+ \muskip_new:N #1
+ \muskip_gset:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_const:Nn { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_zero:N #1
{ #1 \c_zero_muskip }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_gzero:N { \tex_global:D \muskip_zero:N }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_zero:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_gzero:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_zero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_zero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \muskip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_zero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_gzero_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_gzero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
+ { \muskip_if_exist:NTF #1 { \muskip_gzero:N #1 } { \muskip_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_zero_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \muskip_gzero_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \muskip_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_set:Nn #1#2
{ #1 ~ \etex_muexpr:D #2 \scan_stop: }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \muskip_gset:Nn { \tex_global:D \muskip_set:Nn }
@@ -370,16 +422,16 @@
{ \tex_showthe:D \etex_muexpr:D #1 \scan_stop: }
\cs_new:Npn \skip_split_finite_else_action:nnNN #1#2#3#4
{
- \skip_if_infinite_glue:nTF {#1}
- {
- #3 = \c_zero_skip
- #4 = \c_zero_skip
- #2
- }
- {
- #3 = \etex_gluestretch:D #1 \scan_stop:
- #4 = \etex_glueshrink:D #1 \scan_stop:
- }
+ \skip_if_finite:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ #3 = \etex_gluestretch:D #1 \scan_stop:
+ #4 = \etex_glueshrink:D #1 \scan_stop:
+ }
+ {
+ #3 = \c_zero_skip
+ #4 = \c_zero_skip
+ #2
+ }
}
%%
%%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty
index 59e810e8aa5..763eba4d8a7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 3490 2012-03-04 01:00:53Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental token lists}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_clear:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gclear:N { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_clear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_clear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
+ { \tl_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_clear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_gclear_new:N #1
- { \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_gclear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
+ { \tl_if_exist:NTF #1 { \tl_gclear:N #1 } { \tl_new:N #1 } }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_clear_new:N { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gclear_new:N { c }
\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_set_eq:NN \cs_set_eq:NN
@@ -90,6 +90,14 @@
\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_gset_eq:cN \cs_gset_eq:cN
\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_gset_eq:Nc \cs_gset_eq:Nc
\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_gset_eq:cc \cs_gset_eq:cc
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:NTF \cs_if_exist:NTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:NT \cs_if_exist:NT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:NF \cs_if_exist:NF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist_p:N \cs_if_exist_p:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:cTF \cs_if_exist:cTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:cT \cs_if_exist:cT
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist:cF \cs_if_exist:cF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \tl_if_exist_p:c \cs_if_exist_p:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_set:Nn #1#2
{ \cs_set_nopar:Npx #1 { \exp_not:n {#2} } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_set:No #1#2
@@ -401,7 +409,7 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_to_str:N { c }
\cs_new:Npn \tl_use:N #1
{
- \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 {#1}
+ \tl_if_exist:NTF #1 {#1}
{ \msg_expandable_kernel_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-var } {#1} }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_use:N { c }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty
index 04531db0274..cd05ac7b262 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 3460 2012-02-26 12:16:41Z will $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 3491 2012-03-04 06:13:18Z bruno $
{L3 Experimental token manipulation}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
}
\cs_set:Npn \peek_def_aux:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5
{
- \cs_gset_nopar:cpx { #1 #5 }
+ \cs_new_nopar:cpx { #1 #5 }
{
\tl_if_empty:nF {#2}
{ \exp_not:n { \cs_set_eq:NN \peek_execute_branches: #2 } }